This is only a preview of the December 1987 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 39 of the 96 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "100W Amplifier Module to Build":
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
|
Leo Simpson and Greg Swain present ...
$3.50 DECEMBER 1987
Hi-Fi review:
Tandy's bargain priced
hi-fi loudspeakers
Publisher & Editor-In-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus.
Editor
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons .)
Technical Staff
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Robert Flynn
FEATURES
6 UHF Shenanigans with a VCR by Leo Simpson
How to use your VCR to tune UHF TV stations
17 Silicon Chip Hifi Review by Leo Simpson
Realistic Nova-15 two-way loudspeakers
40 Amateurs Link Coast to Coast by Ross Tester
With a little help from Aussat
50 AT-Compatible Kit Computer by Greg Swain
Build it yourself and save money
68 The Evolution of Electric Railways by Bryan Maher
Pt.2 - Steam locomotives come of age
90 Digital Fundamentals, Pt.2 by Louis Frenzel
Teach yourself digitial electronics
PROJECTS TO BUILD
10 1 00W Amplifier Module to Build by Leo Simpson
Rugged design has full output protection
28 24V to 12V DC Converter for Trucks by John Clarke
Runs 12V CB radios from 24V
33 Passive lnfrared Movement Detector by Branco Justic
Add it for your home alarm system
46 Build the Speedi-Watt by Leo Simpson
Universal speed control and lamp dimmer
76 1 GHz Digital Frequency Meter, Pt.2 by Steve Payor
Building the printed circuit boards
SPECIAL COLUMNS
62 Serviceman's Log by the original TV serviceman
All this in a brand new set
73 Amateur Radio by Garry Cratt
Tuning in to the VHF bands
87 The Way I See It by Neville Williams
Is the electronic servicing industry dragging its feet?
DEPARTMENTS
2
Publisher's Letter
5 News & Views
18 Circuit Notebook
84 Product Showcase
96 Market Centre
Regular Contributors
Neville Williams, FIREE, VK2XV
Bryan Maher, M.E. B.Sc.
Jim Yalden, VK2YGY
Garry Cratt, VK2YBX
Jim Lawler, MTETIA
Photography
Bob Donaldson
Editorial Advisory Panel
Philip Watson, MIREE, VK2ZPW
Norman Marks
Steve Payor, B.Sc., B.E.
SILICON CHIP is published 1 2 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd. All material
copyright (c) . No part of the contents of this publication may be
reproduced without prior written
consent of the publisher . Kitset
suppliers may not photostat articles without written permission
of the publisher.
Typesetting/makeup: Magazine
Printers Pty Ltd, Waterloo, NSW
2017.
Printing: Masterprint Pty Ltd,
Dubbo, NSW 2830.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates are currently
$42 per year (12 issues). Outside Australia the cost is $62 per
year surface mail or $1 20 per
year air mail.
Liability: Devices or circuits
described in SILICON CHIP may be
covered by patents. SILICON CHIP
disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the
manufacturing or selling of any
such ·equipment.
Address all mail to: Silicon Chip
Publications Pty Ltd, PO Box
139 , Collaroy Beach, NSW
2097 . Phone (02) 982 3935 .
ISSN 1 030-2662
and maximum
Australian price only.
* Recommended
PUBUSHER'S
l,EJ-J'ER
Welcome to the
second issue of Silicon Chip
Welcome to the second issue of SILICON CHIP, Australia's newest and most entertaining electronics
magazine. For those of you who have already contacted us with your reactions to the first issue, thank
you very much for your wishes of support. It was nice to get moral support as we finished off our second issue.
As I write this it is the 27th October, so our first issue has been on sale for less than one week. It is
therefore too early to judge just how well it will be accepted in the marketplace. If the early reactions
are any guide, we are mightily encouraged.
That is one of the gratifying sides of publishing I have already found; the enthusiasm of readers who
have contacted us. People have been very complimentary about the first issue. Some have even expressed doubt about whether we can consistently maintain such a high standard. That might sound
like a back-handed compliment but it encourages us even more because we know we can do better.
With your support we will certainly do better. It is a great learning exercise for us as we strive to attain a high standard, both technically and on the production side. As time goes on we are learning how
to streamline the production process to minimise errors which otherwise have to be corrected during
the proofreading stages. One of the drawbacks of computerised type-setting is that all the mistakes are
ours alone. In times gone past publishers were inclined to blame errors on the printers but this was
always a cop-out. There is no substitute for careful proofreading.
Further down the track we may present an article on how SILICON CHIP is produced but that will only
happen when we are well and truly familiar with all aspects of the process. We are not using a
desktop publishing system by the way. Present desktop systems have too many limitations for a
publication like ours.
Incidentally, SILICON CHIP has had a very rapid startup. We began serious preparations for the first
issue on August 10th and it was cleared to the printers early in October. Before August loth, SILICON
CHIP was just a business name, a gleam in our collective eyes. We had to set up everything, buy computers and office furniture, and do all the organising that goes with a fledgling publishing operation.
Now, as we approach the final deadlines for this December issue, we have generated considerable
momentum. Projects have been designed and constructed and articles have been written for up to two
months ahead. Indeed, some articles are written for as far ahead as June 1988. This is all part of the
process of striving to produce a magazine of high standard. Naturally, it has involved a large amount
of planning and long hours at the workbench, drawing board and keyboards, designing, writing, subediting, producing page layouts, proof-reading and so on.
We do appreciate your comments on the magazine and any suggestions where improvements can be
made. You can also help us in another way too, apart from your direct support in purchasing the
magazine each month or taking out a subscription. Since we do not have a large promotions budget we
are relying on word of mouth - your recommendation. Please tell your friends about SILICON CHIP.
2
SILICON CHIP
THE ELECTRONICS MAGAZINE FOR THE ENTHUSIAST
WE INvITE You To
BECOME A SUPPORTER
We believe that electronics is the most useful
hobby that any person can have, particularly for
a young person in school. Anyone with a good
grounding in electronics is better prepared to
meet the challenge of today's and tomorrow's
technology.
Because we strongly believe that many
more people should come to know about and enjoy electronics, we decided to form a new magazine devoted to electronics enthusiasts. We
have called it Silicon Chip, a name which
encapsulates the driving force behind all
of today's electronics technology.
Silicon Chip is starting off as an independent magazine, founded by Leo Simpson
and Greg Swain. We have a very small
team of devoted staff including our full-time
electronics engineer, John Clarke and our very
experienced draughtsman, Bob Flynn.
consuming approach if we were not completeWe have started as a completely indepenly independent.
dent magazine, free from the influence of any
existing publishing company, because we
You can help us establish a high standard
wanted to establish the highest possible stanfor our publication by becoming a supporter.
dards for accuracy and attention to detail. We
The more subscribers we get, the more
also wanted complete editorial freedom. Every
resources we can devote to improving the
article you see in this magazine has been •quality of our magazine and to the promotion
· carefully selected and prepared by us to
of the understanding of electronics.
establish this high standard right from the
The only way that we can survive and grow
is with your support. Please give us your vote
outset.
Similarly, our circuit and wiring diagrams
by becoming a subscriber. Not only will you be
have been very carefully laid out by our
ensuring the survival of a completely
draughtsman Bob Flynn to make them as
independent publication, you will be showing
logical and as easy to understand as possible.
your support for a strong and healthy
We could not take this careful and timeAustralian electronics industry in the future.
Regular Features
i
I
Junk mail
Inside each issue of Silicon Chip you will find carefully prepared
features such as:
Amateur Radio, by
The Evolution
Garry Cratt, VK2YBX
of Electric Railways
The Way I See It,
Hifi Review
by Neville Williams
Circuit Notebook
Constructional Projects
Digital Electronics Course
For The Enthusiast
The Serviceman's Log
*
*
**
*
*
*
*
Most magazines sell their
subscriber lists to mail order
companies, to earn extra income. We will not do this. We
will lose some money by
adopting this policy but we
believe that your privacy is
paramount.
BECOME A SUPPORTER BY
FILLING OUT THE POSTAGE FREE SUBSCRIPTION COUPON OVERLEAF
DECEMBER1987
3
WE NEED YOUR SUPPORT
Please support our new magazine by becoming a subscriber. You can also give a
year's subscription to Silicon Chip as a Christmas gift. Just fill out the postage-free
coupon below, place in an envelope, and mail to the adress shown at the bottom of the
page.
---------------------------7
FREEPOST SUBSCRIPTION COUPON
Yes please, I would like:
□ one subscription for myself
□ for a gift(s)
□
one for myself plus gift(s)
MY NAME IS ...................................................................... ............ ..... ........ ..
Mr/Mrs/Ms/other
ADDRESS ......................................................... .................................. ........ ....
SUBURB/TOWN ············· ······························· ················ ···posTCODE ..... .. ....
GIFT 1 to:
NAME ........................................................ ...... .............................................. .
Mr/Mrs/Ms/other
ADDRESS ......... ..................................... ................................ ........................ .
SUBURB/TOWN ................ ... ............................. ....... ........POSTCODE .. ...... .. .
GIFT 2 to:
NAME ... ... .... ........... ..... ... ........ ........ ........ ....................... ............... ..... .............
Mr/Mrs/Ms/other
ADDRESS .... ...... ................ ........... ....... ... ........... ...... ... .................. ..... ..... ....... .
SUBURB/TOWN ................... ..... .......................................POSTCODE ..... ..... .
Subscription cost: 1 year (12 issues)
Within Australia □ $42
Overseas surface mail □ $62
Overseas air mail □ $120
2 years (24 issues)
□ $84
□ 124
□ 240
Enclosed is my cheque or money order for $ ......... .or please debit my
□ Bankcard □ Visa
Card No ............. ....... ... ............. .... .......... ... ... .................... .. ............... ..... ........ .
Signature ............. ........... .......... ..................... Card expiry date .... ../ .. ... ./ ... .. .
Place your coupon in an
envelope (no stamp required)
and mail to:
Freepost 25,
Silicon Chip,
PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach 2097.
4
SILICON CHIP
PLEASE NOTE:
Subscriptions will commence
with the January 1988 issue
for coupons received by
Monday 21st December and
with the February 1988 issue
for coupons received between
22nd December and 18th
i:/
I
I
I
NEWS &VIEWS
Whither ISDN
ISDN is one of those confusing acronyms which
give no clues as to their meaning. ISDN bears no
relationship to ISD but stands for Telecom's
Integrated Digital Services Network which, as far
as most people are concerned, is still
meaningless.
What ISDN will mean is that all of Telecom's
present services, whether voice, data, facsimile or
whatever, will be transmitted as digital signals
over the network. This will eventually simplify a
lot of Telecom's operations but will probably not
mean much to normal domestic users. It will,
however, make a lot of difference to business
because it will be possible to have up to 30 voice
channels plus data channels which normally
would require many separate phone lines. No
doubt Telecom will charge accordingly.
For the moment though, Telecom has had to
delay its plans to put the system into operation
because of supply difficulties. Is this what you
call digital delay?
Is Japanese equipment cheaper
than it should be?
Are you worried about the rising cost of
electronic equipment from the Land of Rising
Sun? Even though the exchange rate has
apparently stabilised at around 90 yen to the
Australian dollar, local distributors of some
Japanese equipment are apparently still catching
up to what their real prices should be.
As an indication of this, the respected Japanese
magazine, Journal of the Electronics Industry,
generally lists the retail prices of new consumer
electronics items in yen. If these prices were.
directly converted to Australian dollars we would
be paying a lot more for many Japanese
electronics products than we currently are sometimes double.
So if you are dilly-dallying about buying some
Japanese gear get in and do it now. It won't get
any cheaper.
Mariner's beacon could be much
more inspiring
How many people in their youth have dreamed
of having the romantic job of a lighthouse
keeper; the splendid isolation, the peace and
quiet and all that. That dream is no longer
possible with the trend to convert existing
lighthouses to unmanned operation while any
new installations will inevitably be automated.
If this example on the far south coast of NSW is
all that future mariners can look forward to, we
are not impressed. It virtually consists of nothing
more than four precast concrete cylinders
planked on top of each other with a high
intensity Xenon lamp sitting incongruously on the
pinnacle. Completing the impression of lack of
design flair is the bank of solar cells jutting out
on the sunny side.
Doesn't the Department of Transport and
Communications have any competent architects?
Surely it would be easy enough to come up with
a simple but striking concrete spire with its top
truncated at an angle to mount the solar cells.
Why not have a design competition?
The tourists examining this blot on the
landscape are Kerri, Jessica, Geraldine and
Felicity Simpson. The photographer was Leo
Simpson.
DECEMBER1987
5
t . IUHlllfUUf .l UIU.I ·
llftUUfU .t HUH
1.l f l l
UHF shenanigans
with a VCR
Many Australians want to watch UHF
broadcasts from SBS and other services
but their TV receiver does not have a
UHF tuner. If they have a VCR this
problem is readily solved.
Are you one of the many people
who want to have a look at SBS or
other UHF TV broadcasts? Foiled
because your TV does not have an
inbuilt UHF tuner? Well look again
because if you have a videocassette
recorder you can tune to UHF and
watch the broadcasts on your old
TV.
This fact is seldom alluded to in
the instruction manual that comes
with every VCR but it is a handy
facility particularly if your VCR has
a remote control and your TV
doesn't.
Consider a very common situation in Australian homes. The family TV set is a Rank model from the
6
SILICON CHIP
early days of colour but it does not
have a UHF tuner. In the last couple
of years though, the family has purchased a VCR and uses it mainly for
" time-shifting" programs or watching rented tapes. Surprisingly,
the family has not twigged to the
fact that their VCR can be used as
the tuner for their TV and they can
then use their VCR remote control
to select the stations they watch.
Setting up the VCR
The way to set it up is as follows.
Connect the antenna lead-in directly to the VCR and connect the VCR
RF output lead to the antenna input
of the TV. With a tape playing in
By LEO SIMPSON
the VCR, or using the VCR's own
test pattern, tune the TV set to
receive the VCR program. With
older VCRs this generally means
tuning the TV set to channel 3 or 4,
according to a switch setting on the
rear of the VCR.
In more recent VCRs, the RF output is usually switchable between
channel O or 1 and so the TV set
should be tuned to one of these latter stations.
The set-up just described is exactly as set out in the VCR instruction manual. But suppose you want
to use the VCR to select the stations
you watch on the TV. To do this the
VCR must be in the "Standby" or
"Operate" mode and the VCR/TV
switch must be set to the VCR mode.
This allows you to select the stations you watch with the VCR
remote control while the TV set can
be left permanently on the VCR setting (ie, Channel 0, 1, 3 or 4, depending on your set-up).
In fact, most VCRs are supplied
ready tuned to local VHF stations in
the area where they are sold so it is
usually not necessary to go through
a tuning procedure.
How does the VCR manage to
deliver all station programs via its
RF output? Essentially, its own inbuilt tuner picks up the stations you
want and converts the program to
composite video and audio signals.
These are then re-modulated onto
its RF output (at Ch 0 or whatever)
and then delivered to your TV set's
antenna socket where it goes
through the whole process of detection again.
Recording and watching
The only time your VCR cannot
be used to act as a remotecontrolled TV tuner is when you
want to watch a program on one
channel while recording a program
on another channel.
In this situation the VCR must be
in the record mode and the VCR/TV
switch must be set to the TV mode.
This allows all the signals from the
TV antenna to be fed directly to the
tuner of the TV set.
Now suppose you want to watch
SBS broadcasts on channel 28 (or
The TV/VCR switch i~ hard to find on many machines. On this older Philips
machine it is one of many behind a flip-down door. On the National machine
on the opposite page, the TV/VCR switch is near the REWind button.
45 as it is in many areas). Simply
set the VCR in "Operate" mode, set
the VCR/TV switch to VCR and
refer to your owner's manual for
the instruction on how to tune to
UHF stations.
Remember though, in most areas
you will require a separate UHF
antenna or a combined VHF/UHF
antenna if you are to have satisfactory UHF reception.
So if you wanted to watch UHF
programs but have been loath to
replace your old VHF only set, this
is the solution. And if you don't yet
have a VCR, this could be the excuse you needed to buy one.
Next month, SILICON CHIP will
publish construction details of a
high gain UHF antenna which will
cover bands 4 and 5. A stacked
bowtie design, it will be less prone
to aircraft "jitter" than conventional Yagi designs.
~
Horizontal jitter problem with VCR
I have recently purchased a
VCR and am generally pleased
with it but it does present a problem when playing some rented
tapes. With these tapes the TV
picture has severe horizontal jitter at the top and on one severe
case the picture was completely
black at the top half. A number of
people have suggested that this is
a fault in the VCR and it should be
corrected under warranty. What
do you think?
• This fault is commonly referred to as "flag-waving" and can
be caused because the TV set's
horizontal sweep circuit timeconstants are too long to suit the
VCR sync pulse waveform. The
solution is a fairly routine
modification that would be
familiar to most TV servicemen.
In your case though, you imply
that the picture is quite satisfactory for most of the time and it only plays up with some tapes. While
that may suggest that the fault is
in your VCR it is highly likely that
it is not. Instead, the VCR RF output is probably overloading the
tuner of your TV set. In fact , we're
betting that your set is a late
model Philips with a "Fringe" button. This button can be pressed to
give better reception on weak
signals.
If you have a look at the control
behind the door on the front of the
set, the Fringe light should not be
illuminated when the VCR station
is selected. If it is automatically
selected, you should reprogram
your set so that the light is off in
VCR mode.
This instruction is buried in the
instruction manual and has caused more than one unnecessary
service call.
As a general rule, if TV sets
have a local/distant antenna setting they should be set up for
"local" reception when used with
a VCR.
DECEMBER 1987
7
NeH'fl~anda
HapPfl N'tW Yev,,,
We've got your wire and
cable needs all rolled upl
From the finest copper
wire to building mains
cable (and everythln9 In
between), you'll find 1t at
your nearest DSE store.
Buy by the metre and save,
buy by the roll and really
save!
3000hm
Ribbon
Builder's
12 Cora
Indoor/outdoor
black) TV ribbon
or strong signal
areas and/ or 300
ohm only antennas.
(No balun required)
Standard twin and
earth, 1/113. For
new building or
replacement work.
Buy In bulk and
save morel
Ideal for parallel
and serial data
cables, 12 d lfferent
coloured
multlstrand
conductors plus
foll and drain wire.
Grey outer
Insulation.
l
....
CatW-2070
light Cabla Data Cabla
CatW-2080
3ocper
95c
Builder's
Power
Cabla
RG59U
Solld
750hm Air 2Cora
Mlcrollhona
Space
Dlalactrlc
TV Coax
Cablalro
Quality
CatW-2081
Extra heavy duty
outer Insulation,
cotton reinforcement for extra
strength and dual
multlstrand
Insulated cores,
wtth close-woven
braid.
The pro TV coax.
8.9dB/100m <at>
100MHz, only
28.SdB at 1GHzl
75 ohms, as used
Air space dielectric.
by Installers
everywhere. 8.5dB/ When low signal
loss Is Important,
100m<at> 100MHz,
you want the bestl
solid centre
conductor with foll CatW-2082
and braid. Blac~
Insulation.
aoc
Cal W-2041
•2H
&oc
....
Mains Circuit
Breakers make
sense!
CatW-2035
*179
per
Fuses always blow at night. Where's
the fuse wire? (Murphy's corollary
No 328).
Replace all the fuse blocks In your
box with Martec Circuit Breakers.
They're Just as effective as fuses
(perhaps even more so) but
restoring power Is as simple as
pushing a buttonl
Available In metric and Imperial
~~~y;;;x~=- standard (Federal type)
Imperial
Metric
8A Cat P-5908
16A Cat P-5920
20A Cat P-5925
10A Cat P-5910
15A Cat P-5915
30A Cat P-5929
ALL ONE PRICE:
•12111 •
Hard of
Hearing?
High Power
Hand Held
2m has never been so good I
Hand held powerhouse
Includes push button control,
10 memories, scanning, etc. ·
And up to SW 'with
appropriate NiCad. (Includes
NICad tor 3.5W output).
Cat 0 -3503
s599
Just Listening?
Get your ears around a Bearcat 175XL.
All the action on VHF and UHF to listen
In on.
• earphones
•Aircraft
• Business
• Etc Etc Etc!
• Amateurs$
Cat 0-2812
499 •C•a•t•F••5•11•9•$_1_9_•-----------·
DSE's Magnificent Meter Muster!
For the beginner:
Audible tester too!
range multimeter
ludes an audible
ntlnulty tester
d goes all the
yto 10A DCI A
at all-rounder.
Small enough to go
anywhere, ranges
Just right for the
hobbyist. auto
electrical, etc.
Keep a couple
handy - just in
casei Cat a-1010
Logically Speaking ...
--====, 90Thisfor.Is the
one to
More than a
atO-1022.
3495
-:·__ J.,
multimeter - it also
checks logic levels
and displays hi, lo
or pulse states.
20k/V sensitivity
multimeter Is
no slouch, either.
;4•0-1402695
®- . • ~~
Pouch to suit Protects your 11111
Q-1010 meter from damage.
-4000 Counf'model is
twi~e as accurate
Cat Q..1U11
Digital Workbench!
3.5 digit meter,
capacitance checker.
transistor checker just about everything
the ·hobbylst or service
bench could want.-1OA
AC IH.>Q ranges, also
has buzzer con!rnuity.
Yes - It's got a 200kHz
DFM built In too. Very
handy - also checks
transistors, diodes,
capacitors. And It's a
multimeter! Cat Q-1505
S169
Cat Q-1500
5
129
What did you say? Flt a
telephone extension belll
Just plug It In to the
socket - Includes 5m
cable so you can use It In
another room, etc.
Bewdyl
Most m'meters go
to 2000 counts.
This one Is
double. That's
double the
resolution. And it
also features an
analogue display
to give you "dynamic"
readings. It's great,
mate. cat Q-1666
'249
Want Cannon connectors? No, not those
cheap cardboard imitation "Cannon-types"
every man and his dog flogs. Genuine,
100% Cannon plugs and socket. For when
quality really counts.
~No
R-3-11
Dacrlptlon
In Line Audio
Socket
Panel mtg.
AXR-3-32
Audio Plug
In Line Audio Plug
AXR-3-12
Paneimtg.
AXR-3-31
Audio Socket
AXR-PON-12W HI level audio line
plug white
AXR-PDN-118 H/lev aud line
socket blue
AXR-PDN-31W H/lev aud chas
sock white
AXR-PDN-14B H/lev aud chas
plug blue
(fits all plugs
Orange Boot
& sockets)
(fits all plugs
Yellow Boot
& sockets)
(fits all plugs
Green Boot
& sockets)
(fits all plugs
Blue Boot
& sockets)
AXR-LNE-12
240Vmalns
line plug
AXR-LNE-11
240V mains
line socket
240V mains
AXR- LNE-31
panel socket
240V mains
AXR-LNE-32
panel plug
Your local reseller is:
• NIW • Ballin■: A. Cummings & Co. 86 2284 • Bowri l: F.R.H . Electrical 61 1861 • Broken Hill: Hobbies & Electronics 88 4098
• CharlNtown: Newtronlcs 43 9600 • Coffs Harbour. Coffs Harbour Electronics 52 5684 • Denillquin: Deni Electronlcs 81 3672
• fon:ter: Forster Photo Sound 54 5006 • lnverell: Lyn WIiiing Electronics 22 1821 • Leeton: Leeton Record Centre 53 2081
5
9
9
: ~::~~:le:A=r~~~~nl~ g~ .e
WeUlngton's Electrical Discounts 51 4888 • Taree: Brad's Electronics 52 6603 • Tumut:Tumut Electronics47 1831 • Ultadula: Pauls
Electronics 55 3989 • Wagga: Phillips Electronlcs 21 6558 • Wellington: Wellington Electrical Service 45 2325 • Windaor: M & E
1
I
1
e<r~~~~1~!·
i::.~~::!~!~:r~:r~~s1c~ ~~r~n~~s.
McWllllams Electronics 23 6410 • Morwell: Morwell Electronics 34 61 33 • Aoaebud: Pentronics 86 7688 • Shepparton: GV
Electronics Centre 21 8866 • Sunbury: Calco Electrical 744 1564 • Warrnambool: Marrtronics 62 9870 • Werribee: Gables
Photographic & Video 741 7089 •OLD• Bundaberg: Bob Elkin Electronics 72 1785 • Calms: Electronic World 51 8555 • Caloundra:
Hume's Electro-Mart 91 4270 • Dya.-t: Dysart Videotronlxs 58 2107 ._ Gladstone: Supertronics 72 4321 • Mackay: Steven s
Electronics 51 1723 • Mooloolaba: Mal's Electronics 44 6588 • Maryborough: Keller Electronics 21 4559 • Mt In: Outback
Electrontcs 43 3331 • N1mbour: Nambour Electronics 41 1604 • Noou Heada: Sunshine Phone Systems 47 4444 • Town■ville:
0
Jrit~~T
~::c~;o~~;
g~~t~o~7~~a~i;~a;6e:;::~
• Launc•ton: Wills Electronics 31 5688 •NT• Allee Springa: Farmer Electronlcs 52 2967
~~w~=~ri: ~!1i~,.E~~~~~~s°:rf4~6: ~~~~:~~~~ ~~~~;11~:ice~lf~:;;n:.=
;~~ ~0~~
~c~~
Jl ::;;:~::ft~~~:~~~~~! ~~~J~~s~i:~~iI~
~t3~~:~:.~~~~:~;.:
~fJ.!.21:
i~.°o:t::'J:·:r :,~~~~;o;~~~~1:I~! ~:~
DSI! Clt No
Price
P-1820
$5.25
P-1822
P-1824
$4.00
$4.95
P-1628
$5.75
P-1832
$10.50
P-1634
$9.95
P-1838
$7.50
P-1638
$8.50
P-1615
~
P-1818
~
P-1617
~
P-1618
~
P-1627
$9.95
P-1831
$9.50
P-1830
$7.95
P-1629
$7.50
O~~ESS
DICK SMITH ELECTRONICS EXPRESS ORDER SERVICE
ORDER BY PHONE
TOLL FREE DSXpnlu ON
(008)22 6610
For 24 hour dllpatch
SYDNEY (02) AREA - 2105
~~~~~~~~~~~~
♦ Ifs
~~
Clvlatmu Morning. There -
♦
the klda with all their toys
and 11-. And lhenl are the long • - ·
' Nothing works - you forgot the batterleal
♦ Quick! Grab some guarantNd f-r-e...tl batteries from your ne-■t
DSE store NOW. Before you forget Chrlltm•.
PSST. Want to $ave money? Buy rechargeable NICads - even
♦ with a charger they're great value - and you'll uve heaps In the
♦
lorig runl Alk for the correct NICads at your DSE store.
i
fMmaltatPSE
FRG-9600 Scanning
Receiver
♦
~~~~~~~~~~~~
The Complete Amateur
Station!
The Incredible Yaesu FT767GX all mode, all band Transcelverl
With every possible feature to drag the signal in or get yours
out. HF, VHF, UHF - every amateur band from 160 metres to
70 centlmetresl! With auto antenna tuner, built-in mains power
supply and much morel It's the bestl!
~;~~:.:ib:~~~v~~r~~c~.;~:f~o~Oe'.oF:5:~.zCVB~~i~~
the loll With keypad or dial selection, selectable scanning
functions, memory scanning and much, much morel
Cat o:2a25
(• SSB to 480MHz)
S1199
4995
~!~~!b~y~~~!!~e!~~ Switched on Savings!
Cat 0-2935
production line, etc! The Adcola RS-30
12 watt mains powered soldering iron.
SPOT. 8mm x 13mm
(240VAC 2A)
DPDT. 13mm x 13mm
(240VAC 2A)
Ultra Mini DPDT
(240V AC 1.5A)
Heavy duty DPDT
(125V AC 10A)
Right angle PCB mount
·Duotemp- A 1m1e boost
Professional quality - hobbyls_t
prlcel Adcola's Duotemp solder iron
with 21 watts of power PLUS a push
button boost for last heating or heavy
soldering. CatT-1830
95
1
49
_
STANDUD TONllS
Centre OFF DPDT
(125V AC 10A)
Illuminated SPST
{12V DC 16A)
Piano ·Key DPDT
Waterproof SPOT
{12V DC 10A)
PCB Mount Push button
(120V1A)
~~lo!~!a~e~e!':~ty ,lron at
such a low pricel Comes with 2 metres
of cable and car cigarette lighter
adaptor. Cat T-1910
ONLY 179IIO
/
Royal Professlonal
Soldering Station
t=~~;:;;:nce
you expect.
Transistor Audio
Transformers
Model M-0222
.
117•
Miniature size for transistor
projects etc. requiring
coupling. With 3k ohm
primary and secondary. Iron
core. Measures 17(1) x 15.5(w)
x 15(hlmm. Cat M-0216
•
A 12 piece computer tool kit for those
repairs, alterations, etc.Woth IC inserter/
remov~r pin straightener, _screwdrivers,
reversible torque screwdriver, pilers
and more. All in handy zoppered easel
Cat T- 4939
WAS $1 40 NOW S1
•
Model M-02156
S4S95 Similar to M-0222 but with 1k
·ohm primary and 8 ohm
secondary. For 350mW 0/P .
Ferrite core. 15 x 14 x 11 .5mm.
Lug Cr·Imp·Ing liool
Makes wire connectloris a breezel
Eliminates soldering and savestimel
Reliable crimping tool also.cuts and
strips wire. Comes wlth ,assorted-lugs ~~a~1:~use!
<
S-1174
Reduced to $1.50
S-1245
Reduced to $2.75
S-1168
S-1180
$3.75
$2.50
Cat No.
Price
S-1217
$2.50
S-1214
S-1393
$3.95
$3.50
S-1195
Reduced $6.95
S-1253
$2.95
Transformers!
s189
Computer Tool Kit'
•
Price
Reduced to $1.25
Bargain
Super Slim Mini!
·
cat No.
S-1173
Savel Bank of 8 Interlocking switches. Great for audio
work! Special price nowl Cat 5-1005
'295
Ideal for quick, on the spot repairs. 6
watt capacity on a super slim lightweight!
12 volt operation It comes with one
metre of cable•
Cat T.1920
$
Special Purchase
The best work deserves the basil
Variable temperature soldering
~ ~ s t a t i o n \with the quality, rellabl!lty and
~
3 TralllCllven In one!!
MINIATURE TINl8LES
'29811
CatT-1820
Heavy Duty Power!
\lil
vu
\lil
'V
I
♦
Cat M-0216
WAS $1.40
Designed to cover PA - BGM
applications. Suits all speaker
impedances. Multltapped for
use with 100V or 70V lines. 2,
4, 8, 16 ohm secondary. 2.5k,
5k ohm primary. Cat M-1100
ll!25
V"
hardened jaws and insulated handles.
About ½ the price you'd expect!'
s3911
catT-3S30
Save $1 O!
Z}!~.
~!!ry
50Hz
Secondary - 6.3, 7.5, 8.5,
9.5, 12 & 15V
Secondarycurrent-1 amp
Cat M-2155
Fast drying photoreslst
for one to one
reproduction of circuits,
diagrams, etc on metals.
200g can Ideal for
PCB work. Cat N-1000
Air Duster
400g of high pressure
compressed Inert gas
for cleaning circuit
boards.equipment, etc.
Ideal for those fragile
or hard to get at
placesl Cat N-t050
s1595
SV DC
-
1
~· ~
_
6 chrome plated screwdrivers with 1free
running heads! Quall'>'. tools\in handy
- = - = , ,)
1
E
sealanl'speclally
designed for high
voltage applications.
Neutral curing In 85g
tube. Sticks and
Insulates just about
anything! cat N-1226
s122s
<at>)
200fflA
111 • ,
1210
One of the most popular supplies. Ideal for many battery
powered devices. Select any of three voltages! Cat M-9525
WAS $17,50
s·Ix Vohage Selections
NOW 11595
Incredibly versatllel Switch selectable 3-4.5-6-7.5-9 or 12
WAS
3s·1a·. e;astlc valuel Cat M-9520NLY
115"
~~~~:~~l!t ~!~!~Pi~~
around the home or
workshop. 'Plugs Into AC power socket, DC connections
via screw terminals on front of unit. cat M-9530
SAVE $10 WAS $32.95
·
- ·= ··- ,, plastic case. Both Phohps,and flat head .
-""""=====,:;' Cat T-4360
'595
Silastic
Sealanv
Adhesive
RTV 38 sllastlc
AC SUppIYt6V 900ml
WAS $69 95
Precision
Screwdriver Set
,r· - .,...,.
-~ ~
s11s
Cat N-1080
Ideal for anything that requ ires 9V transistor type battery.
Just plugs into mains power socket! Cat M-9514
workbench isn't ,the same without one!
ow 15S95
Soldering-iron with
this 30g Ronson
Multlfill. Even works
with refillable
cigarette lighters!
s1595
The amazing Ariec Supertool! It drills,
grinds, polishes, engraves, mills... just
about anything! 10,000 RPM with a
· fantastic range of :attachments. A
CatT-4?S4
Butane
Refill
Refill your Portasol
114•
Secondary Voltage - 40V <at>
10mA, 19V <at> 200mA, 11.2V
<at>450mA. CatM-1200
1795 sg•
Positive
Photoresist
Spray
3-6-9V DC<at> 200ml
00ohm/SOOohm. For
modems and other telephone
line applications. Complies
with Telecom regulations.
Isolates line from device.
~~!}J~~
s599
A healthy 16V at 900mA. Perfect for 12V DC supplies.
Plugs straight into mains socket! Cat M-9567
Isolation
Tr
ansformer
6
ON•v
11
NOW 11295
1,1
VALUE ssso -M·u·11·1·1a·p-2·4-o·v-M·o-de-l-s-------·
?!~~a~~!r~!:s~!~l~~-r
Cat 0-2945
Power Supplies!
Better than batter·1es!
Audio Line
Transformer
.
Cat M-
When you're working hard - you don't want to lose your cooll
The FP757HD power supply Is just what the avid dx'er wants.
Plugs straight Into the 757 but It's also suitable for other 12V
transceivers. Rated at a superb 13.8V, 20A continuous!
PTY LTD
NOW 122•
Hugged design
has full output
protection
This high-power amplifier
module gives very low
distortion and noise. It also
features foolproof protection
against short-circuits and
loudspeaker damage.
By LEO SIMPSON & BOB FLYNN
Build this 100W
amplifier module
Over the years there have been
many power amplifier designs and
most have have had one or more
drawbacks in terms of expensive
components, unreliability and a
tendency to damage expensive
speakers when they give up the
ghost. We've had a close look at
these past designs and have come
up with the definitive solution for
those who need a rugged reliable
design. It gives high quality sound
without breaking the bank.
The four power transistors
mount on a small right-angle
10
SILICON CHIP
bracket which has been used in a
number of the designs we have just
referred to. On that basis this new
module can be regarded as a high
quality drop-in replacement. The
right-angle bracket can be mounted
on a vertical heatsink of your
choice so it can be used as the basis
for a high quality guitar amplifier,
in public address applications or,
naturally, in a high fidelity stereo
amplifier.
All of the transistors and other
parts are readily available from
just about any electronic corn-
ponents supplier, with the exception of the special protection component which we'll get to in a
moment.
The amp module can built in two
versions. The larger version, which
we think most people will build as a
matter of course, will deliver just
over 100 watts continuous into
4-ohm loads. It uses the full complement of four output transistors.
The smaller module which uses
just two output transistors, will
deliver 50 watts into 8-ohm loads. It
can also drive 4-ohm loads but in
+40V
D1
1N4148
t
01+
39V
02
1N4148
8
06
BC640
l
.012
22k
VR1
500r!
1k
04
c
8
t
ROE245A (4P. LOAD)
RDE115A (B!l LOAD)
C
O
1OOW AMPLIFIER MODULE
ELJc
BC557
8
E
BC639. BC640
011-1287
0 ~
0
8
VIEWED FROM BELOW
ECB
Fig.1: foolproof loudpeaker protection against component failure and over-drive is the big feature of this circuit. This
is provided by the PTC thermistor in the output network of the amplifier.
this case it must be used with lower
supply rails if long term reliability
is to be obtained.
Performance of Prototype
Performance
A particular feature of this
amplifier is its low distortion. For
the 100W version, the harmonic
distortion is less than 0.1 % for the
entire frequency range from 20Hz
to 20kHz at all power levels up to
maximum. And if you can get' access to a distortion analyser, the
harmonic distortion can be reduced
considerably below this level by optimising the routing of the supply
leads.
Signal to noise ratio is better
than - 100dB with respect to full
power. Frequency response is flat
within ± ldB from 20Hz to l00kHz.
The remaining performance details
are shown in the spec. panel.
Protection
The trouble with all high-power
amplifier designs is that, if they
have a transistor failure, there is a
big chance that they will burn out
the loudspeaker system too, despite
having fuses in the power supply.
Output power
Frequency response
(at 1 W)
Input sensitivity
Harmonic distortion
(20Hz-20kHz)
Signal to noise ratio
Protection
SOW version
1 OOW version
50W into 8 ohms
1 00W into 4 ohms
20Hz-1 00kHz ± 1 dB
870mV
20Hz-50kHz ± 1 dB
870mV
.05%
100dB
2A fuses plus
RDE115 Polyswitch
0.1%
100dB
3A fuses plus
RDE245A Polyswitch
Damping factor
(without Polyswitches) 50
(with Polyswitches)
30
Unconditional
Stability
There have been documented cases
in the past where such catastrophic
failures have led to serious fires.
What can happen is that the
voice coil gets red hot because of
the high fault current from the
amplifier. If not detected in time,
the red hot voice coil can set the
100
100
Unconditional
speaker cone on fire. After that,
you can have a raging fire on your
hands, with enormous volumes of
smoke being generated by the filling
material in the cabinet.
In view of this risk, many
designers incorporate relay protection circuits which disconnect the
DECEMBER1987
11
1000,-----r-~--"T"'""--"T"'""---,-----r----,---...,....------
8oot---t-----+---+---+---+-----+----1---_j__ __J
10
40
70
50
80
9o
VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Fig.2: this diagram shows the load lines "seen" by the driver transistors Q8
and Q9, when the output drives a 40 resistive or reactive load and the output
transistors have a beta of 20. This gives a straight load line of 800 and a
curved line of (56.6 + j56.6)0. Note that the curved line exceeds the
dissipation ratings of BD139/140 but not the more rugged MJE340/350.
loudspeaker .in the event of a large
DC voltage appearing across the
output. These work OK but they add
up to more circuit complication and
expense.
Relays are not the answer when
the amplifier is shorted out though.
In this case most designers rely on
fuse protection and hope that the
output transistors will be rugged
enough to withstand the heavy currents until the fuses blow.
Sometimes they do, sometimes they
don't. If the output transistors do
blow, there is a strong chance that
they will take out the driver transistors too.
Nor are relays the answer if the
amplifier is seriously over-driven.
Turn up the volume control too far
and you may drive the amplifier
well into clipping. The amplifier
then delivers a square wave signal
to the loudspeaker which can be
three or four times the maximum
power it is supposed to deliver
under normal conditions.
This can burn out the voice coil of
a tweeter or dislodge one of the
turns of a voice coil on a larger
speaker. Either way, this momentary event can cause expensive
damage to speakers. Up to now,
there has been no really effective
protection against amplifier overdrive, whether deliberate or
inadvertent.
The protection solution
Fuses and relays are not the
answer. Nor are transistor protection circuits which switch off the
drive in the event of an overload
condition. The latter can cause
quite serious audible distortion and
have now gone out of vogue with
amplifier designers who know what
they are a bout.
;t8it++
OV
6800
+
"'
50VW _
.___ _ _ _ _.,___ _ _ -40V
Fig.3: this is the suggested power supply for the amplifier. Note that the
ultimate power output will depend on the transformer regulation.
12
SILICON CHIP
The answer is the Polyswitch,
made by the US company, Raychem
Corporation. This is a positive
temperature coefficient thermistor
with a very low resistance value,
under normal operating conditions.
When the current through a
Polyswitch goes high it immediately
switches to a high resistance state
and stays in that state until the
fault condition is removed. It's like
a fuse which can repair itself.
The resistance of the Polyswitch
is so low (typically much less than
0.10) that it has a negligible effect
on amplifier performance. The
distortion figures we quote above
are applicable whether or not the
Polyswitch is used.
As far as we know, this is the
first time that PTC thermistors have
been incorporated into an amplifier
design to give comprehensive protection. It works extremely well. It
allows you to drive the amplifier to
full power on program signals but
the moment a short circuit is applied or the amplifier is seriously
over-driven the Polyswitch goes
high in resistance to give
protection.
If a transistor fails, and causes
the amplifier to deliver a large DC
voltage to the speaker, again the
Polyswitch goes high to give
protection.
After the Polyswitch has switched to its high state, it takes some
time to fully revert to its low
resistance condition. This depends
on how much current is passing
through it. If the drive level is maintained after a fault has occurred,
the Polyswitch will stay high in
resistance.
Polyswitches are more expensive
than fuses but less expensive then
relay protection circuits. We think
that some readers will regard the
Polyswitch protection as an optional feature. That's OK; put a
wire link in instead. But for complete peace of mind, put in the
Polyswitches. They are very cheap
insurance.
The circuit
Now let's have a look at the circuit of Fig.1. This is a straightforward design which is based on applications literature produced by
Hitachi some years ago. Originally
it was intended for use with power
INPUT
+40V
Fig.4: four output transistors are required for the 100W version of the
module. For the 50W version, leave out Rl and R2, Q12 and Q13 and change
THl and the fuses, as specified in the parts list.
Mosfets but these are too expensive
and dissipate too much power for
this application.
We have adapted the circuit for
use with bipolar transistors. It has
proved to be very reliable.
Thirteen transistors and three
diodes make up the semiconductor
count. The input signal is coupled
via a lµF capacitor and 2.2k0
resistor to the base of Q2 which
together with Q3 makes up a differential pair. Ql is a "constant
current tail" which sets the current
through Q2 and Q3 and renders the
amplifier insensitive to variations
in its supply rails (this is known as
supply rejection).
Signals from the collectors of Q2
and Q3 drive another differential
pair, Q4 and Q5, which have a
"current mirror" as their load. The
current mirror, Q6 and D3, does not
give this second stage a particularly high gain but it does make it very
linear (ie, relatively distortion free).
The output of Q5 is then used to
drive the class-AB output stage consisting of drivers QB and Q9 and
power transistors QlO, Ql 1, Q12
and Q13.
PARTS LIST
1 OOW VERSION
1 printed circuit board, code
SC11-1287, 121 x 133mm
1 heatsink bracket (Jaycar Cat.
No EE-3630)
1 large single sided heatsink
(Jaycar Cat. No HH-8572 or
bigger)
4 3AG fuse clips
2 3A 3AG fuses
6 PC pins
1 plastic coil former, 13mm
diameter x 1 0mm long; or
1, 6.8µH air-cored choke
(Jaycar Cat. No EE-4030)
1 Raychem ROE 245A
Polyswitch PTC thermistor
4 T0-3 transistor mounting kits
3 T0-126 transistor mounting
kits
Semiconductors
2 BC557 PNP silicon
transistors
1 BC557, 2N2907 PNP silicon
transistor
1 BC640 PNP silicon transistor
2 BC639 NPN silicon
transistors
1 B01 39 NPN silicon transistor
1 MJE340 NPN silicon
transistor
1 MJE350 PNP silicon
transistor
2 2N3055 NPN silicon
transistors
2 MJ2955 PNP silicon
transistors
3 1N914, 1 N4148 silicon
diodes
Capacitors
1 4 7 µF 1 6VW PC electrolytic
1 1µF metallised polyester
(greencap or minature)
1 0.15µF metallised polyester
(greencap or miniature)
5 0 . 1µF metallised polyester
(greencap or miniature)
1 .012 metallised polyester
1 330pF ceramic or miniature
metallised polyester
1 68pF 1 OOVW ceramic
1 2.2pF 1 OOV ceramic
Resistors (0.25W, 5%)
1 X 4 7k!l, 2 x 22k!l, 1 X 18k0, 1
x 6.8k0 0 .5W, 2 X 4 . 7k0, 1 X
2.2k0, 1 X 1 kO, 1 X 6800, 1 X
4700, 5 X 1000, 1X6.801W, 4
x 0.220 5W wirewound, 1 X
5000 trimpot (Bourns Cermet
horizontal mount, 0 .2 x 0 .4-inch)
SOW VERSION
Delete:
1 2N3055 NPN power
transistor
1 MJ2955 PNP power
transistor
2 T0-3 transistor mounting kits
1 RDE245 PTC thermistor
2 0 .220 5W wirewound
resistors
2 3A 3AG fuses
Add:
1 RDE115 Polyswitch PTC
thermistor
2 2A 3AG fuses
DECEMBER 1987
13
Q7 is a Vbe multiplier, so called
because it multiplies the voltage
between its base and emitter by the
ratio of the resistors between its
base and collector and base and
emitter, respectively. It effectively
maintains a fixed voltage between
its collector and emitter, regardless
of the drive current delivered to the
output stage by Q5. The voltage is
adjusted by trimpot VR1.
The function of Q7 is to set the
DC voltage applied between the
bases of QB and Q9. By doing this it
sets the "quiescent current"
through the output stage (ie, the
current when no signal is present).
This minimises crossover
distortion.
The complementary output transistors are connected in parallel to
give high current output capability.
Each output transistor has its own
0.220 emitter resistor. These are included to ensure that the output
current is shared more or less
-SCREWS
! _r
--O-~
---r-1--PCB
-INSULATING
SLEEVES
0
HEATSINK
I
I
SHAKE-PROOF
•-----~-WASHERS
~-
~---NUTS
Fig.5: mounting details of the T0-3
transistors. Trim the mica washers so
that they do not overlap.
equally between the output transistors and to help stabilise the
quiescent current.
Negative feedback is applied
from the output stage back to the
base of Q3 via a 22k0 resistor. The
level of feedback, and therefore the
voltage gain, is set by the ratio of
the 22k0 resistor to 1k0. The low
frequency rolloff is set by the ratio
of the impedance of the 1k0 resistor
to the impedance of the 47 µF
capacitor. This sets the - 3dB point
at about 3Hz.
This is not the only determinant
of low frequency response though.
The 1µF input capacitor and the
22k0 base bias resistor feeding Q2
have a more important effect and
set a - 3dB point at about 7Hz. The
two time-constants together give an
overall - 3dB point at lOHz.
The 330pF capacitor in conjunction with the 2.2k0 resistor feeding
Q2 form a low pass filter which
rolls off frequencies above 200kHz.
The 68pF capacitor between
base and collector of Q5 and the
2.2pF capacitor between base and
collector of Q3 rolls off the openloop gain to ensure its inherent
SC11-1287
The PC artwork must not be altered otherwise the high performance of
the amplifier cannot be guaranteed.
14
SILICON CHIP
ratings will be considerably exceeded. There is therefore a high
risk of amplifier failure when
driven hard into typical 4-ohm
loudspeaker loads.
For this reason we have specified
MJE340/350 transistors as drivers.
They are probably the most rugged
driver transistors available.
Polyswitches
Two devices are specified,
depending on whether you want the
100W or 50W version. For the
100W version use the RDE245A
Polyswitch. For the 50W version,
use the RDEl 15 Polyswitch. Both
these devices will be available from
Jaycar Electronics stores.
Power supply
The suggested circuit is shown in
Fig.3 and is a centre-tapped
transformer driving a bridge rectifier and two 6800µ,F capacitors.
The specified transformer has a
56V centre-tapped winding rated at
2 amps. This can be obtained from
Dick Smith Electronics (Cat No
M-0144) or Jaycar Electronics (Cat
No MF-1095).
Putting it together
The 50W version of the amplifier module uses only two output transistors.
Note that two wirewound resistors have been omitted and the PTC thermistor
is smaller than in the 100W version.
stability with feedback applied.
Another contributor to the
amplifier's excellent stability is the
output network consisting of a
6.8µ.H air-cored choke, a 6.80
resistor and 0.15µ,F capacitor.
Second breakdown
protection
A feature of this amplifier which
is not evident from the circuit
diagram is the careful selection of
driver transistors to prevent
second-breakdown. The 2N3055s
and MJ2955 transistors used as output devices are inherently rugged
(and cheap) but a number of
amplifier modules published in
Australian electronics magazines
over the last ten years or so have
specified BD139/140s as driver
transistors.
These are plainly not suitable for
an amplifier intended to deliver 100
watts into 4-ohm loads. Assuming
that the output transistors have the
minimum beta (current gain) of 20
and with the amplifier driving a
reactive load (ie, a typical 40
loudspeaker) of (2.83 + j2.83)0 the
driver transistors will "see" a complex load impedance of (56.6 +
56.60.
With this load, as depicted in
Fig.2, the second breakdown
Assembling the board should be
done as follows. First mount all the
small components leaving the
power transistors and heatsink till
last.
Note that miniature polyester
capacitors can be used instead of
the larger greencaps if you wish
since we have made provision for
both types.
The 68pF compensation
capacitor associated with Q5
should have rating of at least 100
volts and so should the 0.15µ,F
capacitor in the output filter
network.
The 6.8µ,H choke is wound with
24.5 turns of 0.8mm enamelled copper wire on a 13mm diameter
plastic former. Alternatively,
Jaycar Electronics supply the choke
ready wound (Cat No EE-4030).
Mount the four 5W wirewound
resistors so that they are off the
board by about 1mm or so. This
aids power dissipation.
Now mount the heatsink bracket.
It is secured to the board by the
mounting screws for the four output
continued on page 96
DECEMBER1987
15
--
=
=
==
==
=
=
=
= =
==
==
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=--o == =
==
=
=
-------==
--------------------------- - ---- --- -- -- - = =
Finally, an LCD Multimeter which accurately shows analog- type readings!
All those essential dynamics that are often lost on a DMM ... often it's
not so much a reading you're after as the change in readings!
But there's more: the information is displayed in "bar graph" format
for instant recognition and ease of reading. And if you need to
expand the scale, it's a simple one-button operation to go to a 1Ox
magnification!
Plus a data hold function (last reading retained), a maximum
hold function (highest reading retained & marked, but
readings continue), diode check & continuity, etc, etc: it's one
of the best general purpose multi meters available today simply because it does everything better!
~'
~
'#'II>~
no
.,,.
• 105 step LCD bargraph display giving 1% resolution
-
on any scale ( eg 10 volts on 1000V range with mag
pressed).
• ··•,.
•
Fast 10/second sampling rate for virtually
0
, 1
instantaneous display (much faster than most
• ••
digitals).
• Automatic positive or negative indication
,;:·
• DATA Hold key freezes reading immediately
'·
previous to pressing. This can then be
magnified (by up to 10:1) for a more accurate
_
\ i
and precise reading.
2.?IO -~~~~•'"~--~~~~ • 6DVC V ranges (down to 100mV with
'..virtual 1 mV sensitivity), 4 AC V ranges, 5
--resistance, 3 DC plus diode check and
continuity ranges.
• Single input terminals mean no
swapping of leads when you change to
different scales. Fully shrouded test
leads supplied, with full instructions.
1,0
$14
Cat Q-1777
Specifications:
DCV: 100mV, 2.5V, 10V, 50V, 250V, 1000V,
5Mohm impedance
ACV: 10V, 50V, 250V, 750V (minimum 5k/V, 25k/V on 10V)
DC: 2.5mA, 25mA, 250mA
Res: 250 ohms, 2.5k, 25k, 250k, 2.5M
Cont: 250 ohms max, continuity beeper approx <100 ohms
Available exclusively from
Dick Smith Electronics
ORDER BY PHONE: TOLL FREE
DSXpress ON (008) 22 6610
For 24 hour despatch
Diode: Test current approx 0.5mA, reads Vf on display
Measuring Method: dual integration mode
Sampling: 10 times per second
Power:1.5V (AA) x 2
Battery Life: Approx 800 hours or more.
Size: 145 x 86 x 34mm (w x h x d)
Weight: Approx 250g (inc batteries).
DICKeSMITH
ELECTRONICS
PTY LTD
HIFIREVIEW
Realistic Nova-15
two-way loudspeakers
While it is fairly common to see reviews of hifi
equipment with prices in the stratosphere, low
priced gear is rarely reviewed. We decided to turn
that convention on its head by reviewing one of the
lowest priced loudspeakers available, the Realistic
Nova 15.
Reviewed By LEO SIMPSON
Let's face it, everybody would
like to buy the fanciest of
loudspeakers, to spare no expense
and generally indulge the slightest
whim. But most of us don't need or
really want the most deluxe of
speakers and in many cases, a less
costly system will be the ideal
answer.
For example, you may want a
smallish pair of loudspeakers to run
as extensions in the rumpus room,
or to use in a four speaker surround
system. Whatever the reason, a
pair of economy speakers has a lot
of appeal which is why we decided
to take a look at the Realistic Nova
15s.
The Realistic Nova 15 is an efficient two-way bass reflex system which would
be an ideal match for modestly powered stereo amplifiers and receivers.
The Nova 15 is a compact twoway bass reflex system which is not
so small that its power rating or efficiency suffers. The woofer is a
nominal 20cm in diameter with a
foam rubber roll surround. The roll
surround allows a more linear cone
excursion than the simple corrugated paper surround on cheaper
speakers. The chassis is of pressed
steel construction and is fitted with
a ferrite magnet.
The tweeter is a cone type with
an effective diameter of 43mm. It is
driven via a 4. 7 µF 50VW bipolar
electrolytic capacitor for frequencies above about 5kHz. (Bipolar
electrolytic capacitors do not require DC polarisation for their
operation).
The enclosure is a bass reflex
system; ie, with a tuned port. This
gives increased efficiency for bass
frequencies compared to sealed
enclosures. The enclosure is made
from 12mm thick particleboard
finished in genuine timber veneer
(rather than simulated veneer on
vinyl). As a finishing touch, there is
an aluminium trim around the
removeable speaker grille which
adds a little style to the enclosure.
Before we listened to the Nova
15s we decided to perform a few
measurements to see how it behaved electrically. The first test was to
measure the impedance across the
entire frequency range. On some
speakers the impedance can dip to
very low values for some signal frequencies and thereby present a
problem to the driving amplifier.
Nominal impedance rating of the
Nova 15s is 8 ohms. Our
measurements confirm this value.
We found that at no frequency did
continued on page 39
DECEMBE R1987
17
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
02
+5V
270k
03
4093
t8
E
10k
.,.
21
R/W
10k
Low power RAM
EPROM emulator
By using a low power RAM with
a battery backup, you can duplicate
the non-volatile storage of an
EPROM without the disadvantages
of the EPROM programming and
erasing procedures.
The diagrams show how a 6116
low power RAM can duplicate a
2716 EPROM. Note that the pinouts
for the 2716 EPROM and 6116 RAM
are identical except for the control
pins, 18, 20 and 21. When reading
both the EPROM and RAM, pins 18
Handy hints and tips
Hint #1: In most circuits you can
substitute low leakage aluminium
electrolytics for tantalums and
make a worthwhile saving in the
process. Low leakage electros have
very similar capacitance tolerance,
power factor, leakage and size to
tantalums, and the same maximum
operating tempera ture of 85
degrees Celsius.
The only applications where tantalums probably should not be
substituted for is where they have
been specified as a high frequency
bypass capacitor or in an oscillator
operating at above lkHz. In virtually every other application the low
leakage electro will do just as well
if not better. The only proviso is
SILICON CHIP
23 A8
A5 3
22 A9
A4 4
21 VPP
A7 1
24
iii
ii
0
12
vcc
22 A9
20
if
19 A1D
MCM65116,6116
6116
18
24 VCC
A6 2
A3 5
CS
..I.
4.5V .,I_
A7 t
'f
At 7
18
AO 8
17 007
000 9
000 9
16 006
00110
001 10
15 005
002 11
002 11
14 004
vss
vss
13 003
12
and 20 are low and pin 21 is kept
high. When not selected, pin 18 is
taken high to put the EPROM in high
impedance output mode and the
EPROM in standby. When writing
to the RAM, pin 21 is taken low.
The circuit uses a 4093 CMOS
NAND Schmitt trigger to provide
automatic standby when the + 5V
power is off. The pin 1 input to the
Schmitt trigger goes low via diode
D3 and the output goes high even if
the Chip Select input at pin 2 is
high.
During standby, the 3V battery
provides power to the 6116 RAM
and 4093 Schmitt trigger via the
that you should use a known
reliable brand of low leakage electro such as Elna RBLLs.
PIN
READ
STANDBY
HIGH IMPEDANCE
WRITE
18
12
2716
20 21
. .
L
L
H
H
-
vcc
vcc
vcc
-
18
L
H
-
L
6116
20 21
. .
- L
VCC
L
L
• DON'T CARE
forward biased diode Dl.
When the 5V supply rail is reapplied, the lµF capacitor at pin 1 input of the Schmitt IC charges via
the 2 70kfl resistor. This provides a
delay before the RAM is enabled by
the input line to pin 18.
The circuit can be constructed on
a piece of Veroboard with a 24-pin
header plug used to provide the
'EPROM' terminals.
Transistor oscillator
Hint #2: To stop small parts from
getting scattered about when you
are working on a project, use half
an egg carton as a set of mini
storage bins. This keeps the components in one place but they are
still easy to get at.
Hint #3: To prevent wirewound
resistors from charring your
printed circuit board, space them
off the board by about 3mm or so.
This also aids air-flow around the
resistor and helps keep it cool.
Avoid having electros touching
wirewound resistors too, because
the heat from the resistor can dry
the electro out and cause it to fail.
+
T
et
.022-.068
9V
1
I
-'-
This square wave oscillator can
be made to run over a wide range of
frequencies by selecting values for
Cl and Rl. The oscillator can be
turned on and off by grounding the
base of Ql. Virtually any small
signal NPN transistor can be used
for Ql while Q2 should be a power
transistor to handle the currents
through the loudspeaker.
+12v---------------.
Courtesy light delay switch
This circuit allows the interior lights of your car
to stay on for ten seconds after the doors have
been closed. The light(s) turns off with a gradual
dimming rather than switching abruptly off. The
light js also extinguished immediately if the ignition is switched on before the delay period has
expired.
A BUZ71 MOS field effect power transistor (Q2)
is used to switch the light. This has a low onresistance and dissipates very little power when
on while its high gate impedance allows direct
control by a simple passive timing circuit.
When a door switch closes, Ql is switched on
and this pulls the gate of Q2 towards 12V by
charging the lOµF capacitor . Q2 then applies 12V
across the lamp.
When the door is closed the door switch opens
and Ql is held off due to the lkO resistor connec-
Voltage regulator
for 12V alternators
Most vehicles utilise a solid state
voltage regulator within the alternator and when these go faulty they
can be expensive to replace. This
simple circuit could be used to
replace a faulty regulator or could
form the basis of a replacement for
the mechanical switching regulator
found on older cars.
The circuit uses transistor Q3 to
switch off current to the field winding whenever the alternator
voltage exceeds about 13.6V.
Without field current, the alternator stops charging the battery.
Normally, transistor Q3 is switched on by Q2 which is turned on by
the lkn resistor between its base
and the positive supply. Q2 and Q3
are turned off whenever the base of
Ql is forward biased. This happens
whenever zener diode Dl conducts.
Voltage regulation is performed
by zener diode Dl and a voltage
divider consisting of Rl, R2 and R3.
The divider provides 0.55 of the
alternator's output voltage at the
cathode of zener Dl. Dl conducts
when there is 6.8V across it and
transistor Ql will switch on when it
has 0.7V across its base-emitter
junction.
Thus the voltage at the cathode
of Dl must be 7.5V (6.8V + 0.7V)
before Ql switches on. The charging voltage is therefore set to a
nominal 13.6V.
1k
GN0o--------------
ting its base to + 12V. The lOµF capacitor now
begins to discharge via the lMQ resistor. As the
voltage falls below 5V, Q2 gradually dims the
lamp. After ten seconds the lamp is switched completely off.
When the ignition is switched on, transistor Q3
is turned on and discharges the lOµF capacitor to
turn off 02.
06
~1---------------,
07
03
04
05
3x1N4004
IN0
TERMINAL
R1
1k,
R2
6.Bk
The 1. 8k0 resistor and 0. 04 7µF
capacitor connected between the
collector of Q3 and base of Ql provide positive feedback to improve
the switching speed of Q3. The
0.047µF capacitor between the
base and collector of Ql keeps the
on to off oscillation speed at an ac-
ceptable rate to minimise dissipation in Q3.
D6, D7 and D8 are the existing
positive alternator rectifier diodes
while D3, D4 and D5 provide the
field excitation current.
Note that Q3 should be mounted
onto small heatsink.
a
Moola, moola, moola!
Moala, brass, bread, dough - call it what will. If you have a good circuit cooking away in the ol' brain cells, jot it down on paper and send
it to us. If we publish it, we'll pay you for it. Yep, up to $50 for a really
good circuit and up to $10 for a handy hint. So get cracking. Send it to
Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
DECEMBER
1987
19
~YCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCARJ AYCARJAYCAR JAYCA RJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJAv ~
~YCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJ AYC AR ,I
~YCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCAR JAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCA
~YCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJ AYCI
~YCAR
~YCAR
~YCAR
~YCAR
~YCAR
\YCAR
\YCAR
\YCAR
\YCAR
\YCAR
\YCAR
Tuts tncredtbly ltttle ptezo screamer measures
\YCAR
57(U x 33(H)mm emits a 116dB wail. It's
\YCAR
deafening! As used tn the screamer car alarm
\YCAR
kit.
IYCAR
Cat. LA-5255
IYCAR
IYCAR
At last, a good value AUSfRAUAN MADE ampltfler module that Is rugged, has the
IYCAR
heatstnk built tn and Is cheap!
IYCAR
The 'Jaybrtk ' as they are called are basically rugged Mosfet power ampltfiers
IYCAR
m anufactu red to high standards on fibreglass board with a s pecial DIECASr
IYCAR
hea tstnk. All board components are enclosed tn a special conformed coating that
IYCAR
IYCAR
ensures that the a mp wtll operate in extreme environmental conditions. If tn the
\YCAR
unlikely event of a r epair being necessary the coating can be picked away and the
TWO BRAND NEW MODELS, BOTH FULLY APPROVED BY
\YCAR
offending component replaced. The Jaybrtk will dr1ve either 4, 8 ohms or l00V
THE ELECTRICITY AUTHORITY
IYCAR
ltne step-u p transformers and has unconditional stabtltty. They are virtually
IYCAR
bullet
proof.
IYCAR
They are ideal for professionals who need slave P.A. tn a hurry or any HI FI or
IYCAR
The MS-4020 wtll supply up to 4 appltances. Each 240V socket ta independently
soun d reinforcement appltcatlon. You simply connect filtered DC and a signal to
IYCAR
filtered. The filter will suppress Interference from RF sources, spikes, transien ts
\YCAR
them and they are gua ranteed to go!
and ltghting, and supply up to 4 outlets with a total load of 10 amps.
IYCAR
So check out the s pecs. You will find them stunning for a PROFESSIONAL
Cat. MS-4020
IYCAR
IYCAR
IYCAR
\YCAR
IYCAR
IYCAR
IYCAR
IYCAR
SPECS:
IYCAR
J-100 l OOW RMSmtn Into 811, wtth 45-0-45 3A transformer and 1 x BOOOµF/
IYCAR
The two outlet wtll handle up to 7.5
IYCAR
75 fil ter cap each ra t! and 6A brtdge rect. 45-0-45 ts MAS permitted power su pply
amps. The two sockets are not
IYCAR
voltage. rrhts wtll produce 30V across 80 which Is 112.5W). Max offload volts!
IYCAR
Independently filtered although.
125.
IYCAR
Cat. MS-4025
Dtstortlon: <0.1% max any frequency typ 0.06%. 0.018 0 lkHz.
IYCAR
Frequ en cy Response: 20 · 20kHz ±OdB (-3dB O 200kHz)
IYCAR
IYCAR
Sen sitivity: 850mV p.p. for rated output
IYCAR
BEWARE! There are many
Impedance: 47kn
IYCAR
mains filters on the market.
S/Notse: Over 100 dB W.RT. 850mV
IYCAR
One sample we evaluated had
Stabtltty: Unconditional
IYCAR
only
one
capacitor
tn
ltl
Cat.
M-0382
IYCAR
IYCAR
IYCAR
IYCAR
IYCAR
J-50 50W RMS mtn Into 80, wtth 25-0-25 2A transformer, 1 x4700µF/50V
IYCAR
filter ca p· each stde and 3A brtdge rect.
IYCAR
All other s pecs the same or better than above.
The RS232 surge protector is used to protect
IYCAR
(Filter capacitor values must be doubled for use on 411 loads)
IYCAR
RS232 ports from the posstbtltty of costly
Ca t. M-0380
IYCAR
damage from large voltage pulses caused by
IYCAR
ltghtntng or other power problems.
IYCAR
Cat. PA-0885
IYCAR
IYCAR
IYCAR
IYCAR
IYCAR
IYCAR
\VCAR
The R523 2 1111n1 patc h box US u sed to 1T1ake
IYCAR
custom RS232 Interfaces .
IYCAR
Cat . PA-0880
I YCAR
IYCAR
IYCAR
Microphone: 0.5mV 600 ohms
'
IYCAR
Pick up: 3mV 50k ohms
··
IYCAR
Tape/Tuner 150mV 100k ohms
~
/
IYCAR
Output: 250mV
IYCAR
Frequency Re■pon■e: 20Hz • 20kHz ±ldB
IYCAR
Tone Colltrol T reble: l0kHz ±12dB
IYCAR
Saves modtfytng or replacing non mating
Tone
Control Ban: lOOHz ±12dB
IYCAR
RS232 cables by changing from male to
Distortion: Less than 0.07%
IYCAR
female.
All
pins
wtred
straight
through.
IYCAR
Slgnal/Nol■e Ratio: More than 60dB
Cat. PA-0884
IYCAR
Headphone Impedance: 4 · 16 ohms
IYCAR
Dlmen■lon■ : 12.52 x 8.26 x 3 .34 inches
IYCAR
VU Meter
IYCAR
Cal AM-4200
IYCAR
IYCAR
IYCAR
This tester indicates the presence of all
IYCAR
1YCAR
Important Interface Jtnes by LED illumlnatlon
1YCAR
when signal ts active. All 25 pins are
1YCAR
connected straight through.
,YCAR
Cat. PA-0886
Specifications:
1YCAR
Sen■ltlvtty:
1YCAR
1YCAR
Phono: 3 mV
1YCAR
Mtc: l mV
,YCAR
Line (tape or tuner): 150mV
,YCAR
Sljfnal / Nol ■ e Ratio:
,YCAR
Phon o: 5 5dB
,YCAR
The RS232 null modem Is used to replace a
,YCAR
Mtc: 6 0dB
set 25 pin RS232 connectors wtth transit
,YCAR
Line: 65dB
DATA and receive DATA across CONNECTED.
,YCAR
Frequency,
Cat. PA-0883
,YCAR
Phono: 20 Hz · 20kHz (RIM ±2dB)
1YCAR
Mtc: 20Hz · 20kHz ±3dB
,YCAR
Line: 20Hz • 20kHz ±3dB
1YCAR
Channel Balance: 0 .5dB
,YCAR
1YCAR
T.H.D,: Less than 0.03%
,YCAR
Cat. AM-4202
Headphone Impedance: 4 • 16 ohms
1YCAR
Equall ■er:
.
1YCAR
Centre frequency: 60Hz, 250Hz, lkHz, 4kHz, 12kHz
1YCAR
Control Gain: ±12dB
,YCAR
vu meter
1YCAR
1YCAR
1YCAR
1YCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYC AR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYC.
1YCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYC ARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYC
TWEETYPIE
ONLY$17.95
SQUEAKY CLEAN MAINS FILTERS
4 OUTLET
$269.00
-am,lAYBRIK
2 OUTLET
$99.00
RS232 SURGE
PROTECTOR
$99.00
$1 9 .95
RS232 MINI PATCH BOX
•
$125.00
Sorry no pie yeti
JA YCAR PROUDLY REINTRODUCE TWO
QUALITY STEREO MIXERS
~
;;:!i!!REO MIXER (SM2550). :· , ~
$9.95
: _. ....
f
FEMALE/FEMALE
GENDER BENDER
$18.95
RS232 MINI TESTER
$169.00
BVL MULTI FUNCTION STEREO MIXER
EQUALISER (MQ7200)
$19.95
NULL MODEM
- ·
~YCAR.J A-'lc.AR L& Y~ .6
•
Lt.YCAR I AYC AR IAYC AR IAYC AR IAYCAR IAYCAR IAYCAR IAYCA Q IA ~ AR i AVC AQ I AYC AA IAYCAA LAYC AR IAYC A A I AYC AO I
$299
C A A IAYC AA IAYC AP I AYC
JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCA R JAYCAR JAYCARJAYCAR
JAYCARJ AYCARJAYCAR JAYCA R JAYCA R JAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR
JAYCARJ AYCA RJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR
JAYCARJ AYCA RJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR
JAYCAR JA
JAYCA R JA
JAYCA RJA
JAYCAR JA
.
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
8 CHANNEL AUDIO MIXER
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCAR 8002
JAYCA
A balanced Inpu t / ou tpu t 8 channel mixer with featu res found in
JAYCA
units costing well over $20001
JAYCA
JAYCA
MAIN FEATURES:
JAYCA
• Balanced 600 ohm mic Inputs/line inputs • Inpu t attenu ators
JAYCA
• Cannon connections included in the ptice • Bass, mid and
JAYCA
treble equ alisation on each Input• Effects (i.e. echo etc)
JAYCA
cap ability• Foldback on all 8 Inputs • Stereo pan on all 8 Inpu ts
JAYCA
• 6 0mm slide faders u sed thr ou ghou t• 19' rack m oun t
JAYCA
JAYCA
capab ility for console mount• Profession al black fron t panel
JAYCA
wi th format borders and multicoloured knobs to assis t func tion
JAYCA
Identification • Designed fo r quick and easy service • VU meters
JAYCA
• Only h igh qua lity components used • 5534A OP amps used for
JAYCA
low n oise and very low distortion
JAYCA
Cat KJ-6504
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
30 VOLT- 1 AMP
JAYCA
BENCHTOP POWER SUPPLY JAYCA
JAYCA
Variable outpu t from 3 • 30 volts and variable
JAYCA
limiting over 2 ranges.
JAYCA
Cal KA-1574
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
12-:230 VOLT INVERTERS
JAYCA
JAYCA
40WATT
JAYCA
JAYCA
Ref: EA August 1985
JAYCA
• Run 240V appliances from you r car
JAYCA
• Also use as a ha ttery charger
JAYCA
Cal KA-1598
AM./FM STEREO TUNER SYNTHESISED
REMOTE CONTROL
Ref: Dec '8 5 • Feb '86
Cat KA- 1635
Ref: EA April 1986
Ca t. KA-1636
$599.00
$99.50
••••••••••
Ref: ET! July 1980
Ideal companion for power amp m odules.
M ixes up to 4 Inputs (high and low level)
with Individual level controls. High
performance 3 band t.one controls . Ki t
com es complete wtth case. Operates from
2 x 15V AC (use power amp supply or Ca t
MM -2008 transformer) . For full specU\cattons check Jaycar's 1987 catalogue.
Cat. KE-4014
$595.00
-
$39.5 0
$89.50
EQUALIS
Ref: ET! July 198
This module can b
gangs a s effects u
synchronous swee
Cat. KE-4724
:•••/r.:r
$23.50
I I
,.
I
. , ,..~·
I",.·
Ref: EA August 1981
• 4 channel mus icolor • 4 di fferent
ch aser patterns • Au to & manual
reverse chase • Sound triggered
chase • inbuilt electret microph on e •
Safe · opto Isola ted circuitry.
Cat KA- 1010
I
I~ : ■ ,,~I
I' rl'
I 111
I I I
. ... .
$99.95
$1 19.95
Ref: EA September 1985
• Toroidal transformer
• Au tomatic regulation
• Current limiting
• Thermal over load protection
Cat KA-1610
$249.00
Ref: EA August 1983
• Tests transistors, SCR's and Diodes
without h a ving to u nsolder them.
Ca t. KA-11 19
I Feb/March l
-4690
$21.50
9.50
'•
.,
•
•
I
I'
••
-: 11I
I
I
,
I
••
I
■
••
II
~
I
. ·: . :".
I
I,',
I
~I
I,I
I
..
I
I
I
•
., :..,-1·
...... \\ .... r.a··
1
I
, .....
1 ,(
J I
I
11
·. ·. : · ,: .. : .\ l
',,
'•
I I
I
I
I!
I . ·,,.
~.
....... . ,
1
I I
1,
I
'
I
I ••
!
I
I I
y . · II
·,.1·.1} ,.1
}
J}
I
\
.
I
..
A
A
CA
YCA
~AYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCA
JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYC AR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAvdt i'Jt,
JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCA R JAYCA R JAYCAR JAYCAR JA'
JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYGAR .IAYr. AR .IAYr.A A .IAVN A IA'
YCAR JAYCARJAYCAR J AYCAR JAYCAR JAYC ARJ AYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCf>D
YCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCAR J AYCAR JAYC ARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAY'
YCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYC AR J AYC AR JAYCAR J AYCAR JAYCAR J AYCA R JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR J/> '.,
YCAR J AYCAR JAYCAR J AYCAR J AYC AR JAYCAR J AYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR .' ,.
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
J;, .· .
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
Cat. LA-5162
YCAR
Cat. LA-5168
YCAR
r: : : :
: ~ = R5P : ~ R
YCAR
Cat. LA-5170
+ HI QUALITY 4 SECTOR
$259
YCAR
YCAR
+ DIGITAL ACCESS KEYPAD
$99.50
Cat. LA-5160
YCAR
Cat. LA-5017
+ IR MOVEMENr DETECTOR
$99
YCAR
YCAR
Cat. LA-5018
+ ECON PIR WITH PULSE COUNf
$119
YCAR
+ DELUXE WITH PULSE COUNf
$139
Cat. LA-5019
YCAR
YCAR
+ 1WEE1Y PIE SCREAMER
$17 .95
Cat. LA-5255
YCAR
For full specifications see our 116 page 1987 catalogue - it's FREE
YCAR
Plus all accessories for the DIY alarm installer - cable, power supplies, back•up batterie
YCAR
YCAR
• 10,0000/volt
buzzers, sirens, reeds & magnets, stickers, car alarm kits, key switches, window tape,
YCAR
• 19 ranges
advice, etc., etc.
YC AR
Cat. QM-1015
YCAR
cJJ~WCC~
~<at>o
liiliklilil!:lil!,U.lllilN!iil!EU
ll W<at>I& CCIBII&TI~1r~~ ~, ,-:··:.
!lfflllaisma:11 ! :: ::
INSTALL THAT ALARM
oVER THE HoJDA YS
!!~:
• ECONOMY POCKET
$23.50
YC AR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YC AR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
YCAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CA R
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
fCAR
(CAR
/CAR
/ CAR
/ CAR
/CAR
(CAR
(CAR
fCAR
/CAR
f CAR
(CAR
fCAR
(CAR
( CAR
(CAR
/CAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
( CAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
fCAR
( CAR
(CAR
fCAR
(CA R
fCAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
(CAR
•WITH
CONTINUITY
BUZZER
• 20,0000/volt
• lOA DC range
Cat. QM-1022
$39.95
• ELECTRONIC
FETVOM
• Transistor tester
• Centre zero adjust
• Peak to peak & rms reading
Cat. QM- 1050
$79.95
These beautifully crafted rack cabinets wtll give your equipment a real 1st class
appearance. All aluminium construction. Removable top and bottom panels.
Natural or black finish. All dimensions conform to the International Standard.
Ventilated lid. Deluxe brush finish anodised front panel. Indtvtdually cartoned.
Supplied in flat pack form and easily assembled 1n a few minutes.
Stde elevation: D=254mm; C (Internal chassis height); B (mounting bolt centres).
Finish
A
B
C
Each
+5
Cat. HB-5411
Natural 44
34
38
$65.00 $62.00
• l0AMP
DIGITAL
• Transistor tester
• Vinyl case
Cat. QM-1530
$89.95
• l0AMPWITH
CAPACITANCE
METER
Cat. HB-5413
Natural
88
57
82
Cat. HB-5415 .
Natural
132
89
126
Cat. HB-5410
Black
44
34
38
Cat. HB-5412
Black
88
57
82
$80.00
$95.00
$65.00
$85.00
$95.00
$76.00
$90.00
$60.00
$80.00
$90,00
Cat. HB-5414
Black
132
89
126
Beware of other rack cabinets that do not conform to International Rack s1zing.
• Digital
Mounting hole centres conform exactly to International Racking specifications
• Trans is tor tester
both vertically and horizontally.
• Vinyl case
Cat. QM-1540
,f-3 0
$129.00
~
• 4 1 / 2 DIGIT l0AMP
• Transistor tester
• Diode tester
• Data hold
Cat. QM-1550
$179.00
• DIGITAL WITH
FREQUENCY
COUNTER
~ \
(auARTZ CLOCK/COMPASS
• Capacitance tester
• Transis tor tester
I
• 20 amp current
• High impact case
Cat. QM-1555
$159.00
(CAR .,,::
(CAR
(CAR
( CAR
/ CAR
SAVE $6
We have a small qu:mtily ofViatel terminals left,
which we are clearing out for Christmas at stlly
prices. Both units are 2nd hand, but are In good
looking condition. See previous ads for full specs.
• Vtatel terminal With 14" colour monitor
SAVE
$200
(j'l('EJl'I X'Jv{5'1S P'l('ES'E'J{T
:ro'l(vJtv
iI
.I
I This great small product has many applications.
It's a quartz dtgttal clock and a compass 1n one small, I
I handy
size.
I Cat. XW-0250
I
1
oNLY
I $5.95
::·:: Cat XV-2210
:·•· ·
:,:,::
.·.·
Viatel adaptor for your 1V (With remote) Cat XV-2212
WAS $499 NOW $299
ig~~ '( •
WAS $199 NOW $129 SAVE $70
(CAR · .
(CAR
(CAR
.
(CARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR J AYC ARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR J AYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYC
( C AR J AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYe.\~JA¥CARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR JAYC
( CA R J AYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCA R JAY CAR JAYCA R JAYC AR ,JAYCAR /AYCAR /AYCAR /AYCAB tAYC
JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCI
JAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCA RJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCI
JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCI
JAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYC•- YCARJAY~AR JAYCt
.
..
JI
,------------,
UNBELIEVABLE
ELECTROLYTIC BUY
Through Jaycar's surplus stock buying
scheme, we have purchased a substantial
quantity of an electro that would normally be out of reach of the hobbyists
pocket. This electro is made in Germany
by ROEDERSTEINI
~ \
12 VOLT ILLUMINATED
PUSH ON/OFF
,,,,.,
Sun!l!ar to the one used In the Red Llght Car Alarms and
In our flasher deterrent kit
cat. SP-0742
RED
~:.,
~
-
.
6,880uF 63V LONG LIFE
ONLY $7.50!!
That's rtght ROEDERSTEIN brand long ltfe, high rtpple
current etched electrodes, screw terminals • all class!
And at a prtce below "Taiwanese". These arc absolutely
fantastic for power supplies for high power amps, etc.
Electrtcal to DIN 41332
Tolerance -10 +50%
Dimensions 50(D) x 80(H)
Terminal MS screw
QUANTITY DISCOUNTS
1 - IS
$7.50
6 • 10
$7.00
____________ ,,,
\;11
- 24
$6.50
25 • 99
$6.00
l\ \ \
~ . .
QUALITY TIE CLASP MICROPHONE
Low Impedance, omnt-d!recttonal electret condenser. A
veiy small microphone which clips on to your tie . Supplied
with 3 metres of cable and 3.5mm plug. lk ohm
impedance. Frequency response 40 - 16kHz.
Cat. AM-4067
$29.95 •
'v"'•·""\--f.
-----------------
'
SAVE $70
WAS $269
■
•
ECONOMY 8" PA WIDERANGE - 8 OHM
,-----------------------,
MASSIVE SCOOP PURCHASE
ROVER NEGATIVE ION GENERATOR
I
I Yes,
we've made anoi:per scoop purchase. The importer contacted
us with his d!lemma and we purchased a quantity of these fully
I imported
fully guaranteed air purtflers. These units are 24 0 volt
operated, draw about 1/2 watt, deltver about 250 btllton tons
I with
per second, and cover about 25 square metres. It's even suppiied
Tester PC board and spare needles. If you've ever wondered
ton generators, this MUST be the time to buy one.
I abouta negative
n.,,
~•
~"""'"
""'"' "'· a.,=,.,, • >m"«< S"=••:\available for:
II Cat.
YX-2905
,:
SAVE $50
~,>fJ:',..
~
•
• - ·•· __
---"" •'>:¾."''•
·
,
·
•
:,~f..::.:. .
'
..
.
'\, ...
... , ..
h
·::··· :
___ _( °' -•
/ ;""
....
C
I
II
I
I
I
I
{
'----------------~~-----J
W~~ ©i1.1f&illA»<at>UlT~
If you don't already own a copy of the Jaycar 116 page 1987 Engin(.'Cting
Catalogue drop into any one of our showrooms for a free copy. If you can't
get in send a large SAE and we'll foiward you one.
TV ANTENNA SELLOUT
JI
J1
JI
J1
J1
J,
JI
J1
J1
J1
J;
J;
J1
J1
J;
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
~
~-
tJ,
J
'.
Jj :;1
J,
J,
/
Government
Instrumentalities,
Schools, Public
Companies.
If you wish to purchase from us, simply
s end us your official order and we wtll
give y ou a compltmen tary 30 day
accounl
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J1
J1
J,
J1
J1
J,
This is your chance to grab a 1V antenna at a bargain prtce. All these are discontinued l!nes and are
greatly reduced In prtce. Some are display models hanging on our cetltng s.
·
Personal shoppers only.
• Caravan Antenna Bu!lt tn amp. VHF/UHF and FM
~
Cat. LT-3 120
WAS $99.50 NOW $50.00
• HILLS UHF /VHF Pathfinder
Cat LT-3152
WAS $139.50NOW $99.50
• VHF Metropolttan to near frtnge
Cat LT-3165
WAS $57.50
• VHF Gutter Grtp
Cat LT-3170
WAS $43.50 NOW $32.50
• UHF Phased Array • vertical style
Cat. LT-3182
WAS $69.50 NOW $39.90
• HILLS UHF Trucolour • 18 element
Cat LT-3184
WAS $89.50 NOW $59 .50
• Sportsman 1V antenna • channel 4 and 5A VHF
Cat LT-3 190
WAS $59.95 NOW $35.00
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
J,
JI
WAS $13.95 SAVE 15% ~ ~_-:,
NOW $11 .95
.
10+ $11.50 ea
This Incredibly small m icrophone just clips on your tie
or collar and transmits on FM. No more m es sy wires to bip over.
• Tunable FM 88 · 108MHz
• Frequency response 100 · l0kHz
$
• Electret condenser type
Cat. AM-4068
6. 50
Red Flasher Kit which Incorporates
red switch also reduced to only
This speaker has high efficiency and 1s !deal for extension speaker and low level sound reinforcement
use. The heavy magnet and dual cone results tn a wide frequency res ponse. Power handling 10 watts,
200mm diameter, frequency range 60 • 18kHz.
Cat. CE-2325
UNI-DIRECTIONAL WIRELESS TIE CLASP TYPE
MICROPHONE
3
LOWER PRICE
WAS $21 .50
SAVE 26%
NOW$15.95
$19.95 · Cat. KJ-7000 SAVE $8.50
$29.95
CORDLESS PHONE
The fabulous Portable Telephone that you can take
anywhere around the house, garden or swimming pool.
Microprocessor controlled with a range ofup to 250
metres and absolute clartty.
Features:
• Simple to use and easy to tnstall · just plug In
• Operating range up to 250 metres (800 ft)
• Securtty code system with 16,348 combinations
• Call function at base unit to alert handset
• Pulse dlalltng with audible tone feedback at the touch of
a key
Cat. Yf·7065
I
JI
JI
JI
JI
JI
JI
JI
JI
JI
~
6802 CPU
Cal. ZZ-8050
NORMALLY
$15.95
X'mas Special
$7.95
GREAT XMAS GIFT
LCD THERMQME
.
TRAVEL ALARM •
CLOCK
Features:
• Easy to read
R
•
•
•
•
•Temperature
in •c or °F
1
:
:~111g
~~~z:
Easy to set
Small stze
Carry wallet
Quartz accuracy
TEMPERATURE SCALE
~c;oor<F>-F';HL!~~sHe1r1
BRAND NEW DESIGN
AL.SET
TEMPERATURE
It's about the size of a credit card, measures
85 x 55 x 8mm thick and is supplied in a
handy wallet
Ideal for travelling. It has an alarm which is
LOUD enough to wake even a heavy sleeper
AND it has snooze function. It's easy to set
the time and alarm time. Display tempera•
ture 1n either Celctus or fahrenhett. Uses one
LR-44 battery.
Cat. XW-0392
TIMESfT
READING
NORMAL
ALARM
sNooze
Key-Fob style Burglar Alarm
Transmitter Case
We dare not say which professional alarm company sold us this one!
But after months of searching we have a product for our 1988
product line-up.
The [black) case measures 42(!.J (plus a little more for a keyrtng hole)
34(W) and only 11.8mm deep! The case is held together by one screw.
The internals are 40.5 x 31 x 9 .7mm deep • enough room for a
transmitter and battery. The lop of the case has a special hole for a
i ; : ~ ~ ~ d another for a LED.
ALARM ON
.
SLIDING
INDICATOR
SWITCH
10+ $3.65 ea
$29.95
,
J
TIME READING
MAX232 - NEW SEMI
Dual RS232 receiver/transmitter. For new designs, the MAX232CPE
makes an excellent replacement for the 1488 and 1489.
Features: • Meets all EIA RS232C specs • Generates ±9V output
from 5V supply• Highly useful when ±12V supply is required for
RS232 drtvers, but is not available • ±30V IIlput levels • Also
converts RS232 levels to TTI.., levels• 2 inputs• 2 outputs
Cat ZK-8824
•
$12.95
AT LAST!
-
-
·
I
I
,j
I I
I :
A unique clip together case that features
moulded in mounting feet on the sides.
Measures 87(1.J x 67(W) x 3 l(D)mm.
Ideal for car burglar alarms, etc. Black Ill
colour. Cat. HB-6075
A bargain at
only$2.00
i - - - - - - -...
I
Ammonium Persulphate 400g in a screw top plastic
MAIL ORDERS ONLY· 008 022 888
MAIL ORDERS & ENQUIRIES
(02) 747 1888
- - ~------..l
Mini-Mini Plastic Snap
Together Case
New product from Electrolube.
It's pure compressed inert gas for removal of dust and air borne
contamination from veiy delicate and inaccessible areas of eled:r1cal and
electronic equipment.
400 ml spray pack · 550g nett
Cat. NA-1018
$11 .95
•
• Our Smallest General
Purpose Box!
At last A box for those REALLY SMALL
projects · FM bugs, remote sensors,
miniature radios, etc. Black tn colour
measurtng (external) 45 x 35 x 19mm It
Is Ideal for many applications. Case splits
halfway down the sides and snaps together
to save space.
Cat. HB-6070
NEW ZEALAND CUSTOMERS
You can purchasl' goods from us TAX FR~:E
Whl'll you order by mail or call in to any of
our slorl'S ask about TAX FREE priC'cs.
••
•
•
••
•••
•
JATVl-\n JI\TVAn J I-\ T V l'\n JI-\TVM. n ,J MIVl'\n J l'\ TVl"'l n
,J l"\ I V /"\n """" ' V l"\ n ,Jl"\ 1 Vl"\ n ,Jl"\ 1 Vl"'\ Jl ,Jl"I I V l"\fl VM J v n , ,
,Jr-,
I V MI\ ,JM.I v ru, .. ,,
I ...,,.., , ....... ,....,,.." '
vn I vn, , "''"'
I V l"'\ 11 .,,., , ...,,.,, ,
..,,.,, V l"\1 1 vn , ...,,., , ,,
JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR J .
JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCAR/ ,
JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCA R JAYCA R JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCt>f / /f
n-:'. i ,
~-
TT 110. '\WrR 110.
Qd.J~J..1
~<at> 'il
'i7S)
~~
c!_l,\j
c!.J,
SCOOP PURCHASE!!
~f()''i75)
f
'9 JAYCAR .
JAYCAR .
.iv ' AYCA
R.
...,,.
JAYC
,. - A
JAYC
J?'.~~ilt,1 · \_ 1~~l
.!.._Q0,!.0.!.._Q0~ .!._!, ~~c!_l,\j.!._!,~~~r,;;1-,jH '.
wTT wfR<at>'i75)1)'~li'rR~
~ ~~
_B_A
_ R_G_A_I_N_ C_O_M
_ P_O_N
_ E_N_T_ P_A_C_K
_S
_ ' . :.(ilt ~
:;-:;JJlji~i
MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLED/
SOLENOID OPERATED HI FI CASSETTE
DECK MECHANISM
You guessed It, another Jaycar buy far, far below manufacturers cost where
you buy at a normally s!lly pnce because other people have lost heavily.
This time its a VERY HIGH QUAUIY cassette deck mechanism that cost
over $35 US tn 1000 lotsl This JAPANESE MADE mechanism Is deck only ·
i.e. a door Is n ot fitted nor are there buttons. The deck Is not operated by
mechanical buttons and all control ls by electt1c signals, therefore the deck
could eas!ly be software controlled.
80 Electrolytics $10 Cat. RE-6250
150 Mixed Capacitors $10 Cal RE-6260
\\
35 Pots, TI1mpots, Sliders $ 10 Cal RP·3902
100 mixed Semiconductors $10 Cat. ZP-8990
100 mixed BC iype transistors $11. 95 Cat. Zf-2170
100 3mm & 5mm LEDs $19.50 Cat ZD-1694
100 mixed IC sockets $24.95 Cat. Pl-6490
50 assorted Pots $7.95 Cat. RP-3900
50 assorted Resistor Networks$ 10 Cat RR-3380
Assorted Pot Cores $9. 95 Cat. LF-1280
20 Precision 1% & 2% Capacitors $12.50 Cat. RG·5198
~
25 RT KermetTantalums $5 Cat RZ-6692
~
The deck also feab.lres an air damper cylinder for soft eject. massive
capstan flywheel, HI FI head and excellent specs. (see below).
This deck is ideal as either a fast high capacity PC memory storage or as a
retrofit to an existing cassette deck to improve performance.
Worth at least $80, grab one for ONLY
$24.95
.:,,.........,... \
;~~~'fu:s:
Cat.AC-1590
.';
• . ·"·, .•
SPECS;
) llir: \ •..
• 4 track, 2 channel Philips · .:·_, ., ' •
·\ .
compact cassette deck
· · ....-... __ / ·
• Tape speed 4. 75cm/ sec
·....._....
• Wow and flutter <0.12% RMS
PHOTO INTERRUPTER
This device enables you to tum a circuit on and off optically.
It consists of a moulded plastic housing with an IR LED factng a phototransistor across
a gap. Any object tn the gap will interrupt the IR beam and consequently switch the
phototransistor on and off. The device Is very fast and !deal for counttng. timtng or
• PCB or chassis mounting
• Low cost
• Rugged one piece construction
• Very fast
;:-
• Wtnding time 110 sec FF & REW C-60
• Working volts 9 - 15V
• Supplied with 12 page comprehensive
manual tncludtng circuit diagram, truth
table, etc.
APPLICATION:
$8.95
• Counter sensor
• Tachometer
(Around 1 / 4 the
• Opto ignition
pt1ce of its European 'Cou sin')
• Edge sensor
• Tape end sensor
Full specs supplied with each unit.
Cat. ZD-1901
Sorry no room for a picture!
AT LAST!
NOW IN STOCK
A high quality RF Modulator for
Audio AND Video
"QUALITY" RANGE OF
BANANA PLUGS
We have finally sourced a good quality stable VHF Modulator
for both audio and video input signals.
This unit wh ich measu res a ttny 35(L) x 25(WJ x 13(0)
(excluding coax (RCA) output socket and tnput termtnals) is
made In Japan by National (Matsushita) . It Is used on the well
known NV- 180 VCR and has output switchable on VHF Ch 3 or
4Aust.
The small size belies its performance! It uses state-of-the-art
surface mount componentry (which also helps reduce parasitic
stray capacitance) and even has a surface acoustic wave (SAW)
filter!
SPECS:
Power
+9V
Input
Video: ltne level (input attenuator provided)
A new range of US style banana plugs.
RED
Piggy back style
Cat. PP-0390
BLACK
Piggy back style
Cat PP-0391
10+ $1.75 ea
AVTEK MEGAMODEM • NEW MODELS
Audio: line level
Output
CH 3 or 4 (Aust VHF) switchable RCA iype coaxial
socket
Connection details and circuit diagram provided.
Cal LM-3840
TV ANTENNA BARGAIN
We have Just purchased a quantity of VHF 1V antennas
from a wholesaler who Is no longer In the 1V antenna
b ustness. The antennas are a 7 element iype suitable for
metropolitan areas. They have excellent gatn and directivity
for areas with moderate signal strength! For coax use use
outdoor balun Cat. LT-3026 $3. 75. Australian made. These
will never be this cheap agatn.
Cat. LT-3166
NORMALLY
$57.50
SAVE $17.55
ONLY $39.95
BREADBOARDS
100 hole - ·cat PB-8810
2420 hole - Cat PB-8818 ·.:-.
$57 .50
640 hole · Cat. PB-8812
3100 hole - Cat. PB-8820
$10.75
$69.95
840 hole - Cat. PB·8814
(Note: PB-8816/18/20 are all
mounted on a metal frame with
banana termtnals).
1680hole - Cat. PB-8816
•
Model 12 Cat. XC-4850
$375
Model
123cat. XC-4855
$449
.. .-,.,, -,,.,,., AVTEK MINIMODEM STILLAVAILABLEcatXC-4825$199
,:.:' ' .· · ';
$3. 75
$17.50
300 Baud Full Duplex - both models
1200/75 for VlATEL - model 123
1200 Baud Full Duplex - both models
Data Standards
V2 l, V22 - both models
V23 - 123 model only
Command Set
Hayes with extensions)
Interface
ccrrr V24 (RS232)
Data Format
Asynchronous
Power
<2 watts
Size
27(H) x 120(WJ x 157(D)mm
Indicators
8 LEDs
Internal diagnostic loop back.
..
$39.95
JAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AY
JAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYC
..JAYCAR JAYCAR.JAYC AR JAYCAR.JAYCAR.JAYCA.B_.!AYCAB JAYCAR JAYC
JAY(
JAYC
JAYC
JAYC
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAYC
JAYC
JAYC
JAYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAYC
JAY(
JAYC
JAYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAY<
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAYC
JAYC
JAY(
JAYC
JAYC
JAYC
JAY(
JAYC
JAYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAYC
JAY(
(
((
,YC
~YC
,AYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAY(
JAYC
,.'(CAR JAYCAR JA .,AR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR.
,rl JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR JAYCAR ,
, CAR .JAYCAR JAYCAR .J AYCAR .J AYCAR .IAYr.AR .IAYr. AQ
VAnJATVMnJATVAnJATVAn J ATVA nJATVAnJATVAMJA TVAMJA TVAMJATVA MJATVA MJATVAMJA TVAMJATVAM J A TVAMJ A TVAHJA TVAHJATVAHJATVAHJ
CARJ AYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJ AYC ARJ AYCARJ AYC ARJ AYCARJ AYC ARJ AYCARJ AYC AR JAYCAR J AYCARJ AYCARJ AYC ARJ AYC ARJ AYCAR '
CARJ AYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJ AYCAR J AYCAR J AYCAR JAYCAR J AYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJ AYCAR J AYCAR JAYCAR JAYCARJ AYC ARJ AYCARJ AYCARJ AYC ?,
CARJ AYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJ AYCAR JAYCAR J AYCAR JAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR J AYCAR JAYCARJ AYCARJ AYC ,, .
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
'.: AR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
::;AR
::;AR
CAR
CAR
::;AR
CAR
CAR
::;AR
::;AR
::;AR
CAR
CAR
::;AR
::;AR
::;AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
CAR
::AR
CAR
::AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
CAR
::AR
::AR
~AR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
::AR
::AR
CAR
CAR
CAR
::AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
::AR
; AR
;AR
::AR
; AR
; AR
; AR
: AR
: AR
: AR
:AR
:AR
:AR
:AR
:AR
:AR
:AR
;AAR
R
:AR
:AR
:AR
:AR
:AR
:AR
:AR
:AR
:AR
~R
1111■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■"'
JJ&WCC&~ ~<at>ll W<at>~ ~~~
~~CCIT1I'IT~<at> IB:IT1f~ l■-111
24 TO 12V
CONVERTER
TELEPHONE RINGER
Ref: Silicon Chip Dec '87
Well suited to nm 12 volt appliances from 24
volt Can deliver up to 5 amps.
Complete kit
Cat. KC-5017
Ref: Silicon Chip Dec '87
If you are tired of the sound of your phone, tty this kit
Mounts inside phone - Includes buzzer.
Cat. KC-5015
$19.95
HIGH IMPEDANCE AC/
· DC MILLIVOLTMETER
Ref: EA Dec '87
This kit will measure AC and DC signals down
to a couple of millivolts, with negligible circuit
loading. Complete kit with case and meter.
Cat KA-1695
$59.00
$46.50
Ref: ET! Dec '87
Thts is a cheap,
no fuss way to
lr1ckle charge a
12V car battery.
PC board and
UNIVERSAL SPEED CONTROL
& LAMP DIMMER
SUB CARRIER ADAPTORS
FOR FM TUNERS
ef: Silicon Chip Dec '87
se for control of drtlls, fans, eleclr1c blankets, soldertng
rons or a dimmer. Complete kit with box, mains leads, etc.
at. KC-5016
Ref: Silicon Chip Dec '87
Usten to hidden transmissions on FM broadcasts.
' i
·•.:.;.
~l'!Cli::::-:-- ; ' ' :· .. .
/f\-:~ . / t : ✓
.:l ·..,~.•:·•~•
OCTAVE EQUALISER MODULE
·; (
~
-:;j/:
Cat KM-
3064
$4 9 •95
Ref: AEM Dec '87
This one octave EQ module is suited for PA and professional use. Kit
supplied with all components, pots, PCB. No box or hardware.
Ref: Silicon Chip Nov 1987
A great project from a new
monthly electronics
magazine - S111con Chip.
Add a two range
capacitance tester for
only $27.95.
Ranges are O • 2200pF
and O • 2.2µF. Complete
kit
Cat KC-5010
~~~~
$196.00 each
ONLY $299.00
I 152320,~
.
······/
METRONOME
Ref: EA Nov 1987
Printed circuit board
and electronics supplied.
No box.
Cat. KA-1693
Ref: ET! Nov 1987
Features of the ET! 1424 include a top boost and
normal input, two pre-cq line inputs, bass & treble
controls, effects send and return, sweep eq, 4 post
eq & line inputs and master volume. PCB pots
supplied when available. 6.5mm sockets,
transformer and knobs are not supplied.
Cat KE-4729
$19.95
CAR RADIO POWER SUPPLY
Ref: Silicon Chip Nov 1987
Put that old car radio that's laying around to good
use as a mantle/kltchen/garage/sunroom radio.
Our kit Includes PC,O,, transfor-mer and components.
You need the radio and speakers. 6 x 4-speakers
1
$10.95 each (Cat. AS-3014]
•
Cat. KC-5012
~
---
~
$13.50 each
VOICE OPERATED RELAY
Ref: EA Nov 1987
Eleviates the need to push the button when using a
microphone.
Shortform kit, no hardware.
Cat KA-1692
$24.95
OFF HOOK INDICATOR
FOR PHONE
Ref: Silicon Chip Nov 1987
If you have two or more telephones on the one line,
with this project a LED will flash on the phones not
used to indicate the line 1s in use. One kit Is needed
for each telephone.
PC board and components supplied. (Unit mounts
in telephone).
Cat. KC-5011
$19.95
VOLTAGE &
CONTINUITY
TESTER
Ref: EA Nov 1987
This handy voltage and
continuity tester tests AC
and DC voltages and also
continuity In wires and
cables.
Cat KA-1694
$45.00
,.- :
~ .
After much interest in this project, we wll have available the 3mH
inductors. The woofers, speaker terminals, cable and innerbond are normal stock lines.
P25WO-08 10" woofer
3mH Inductor
Cat CW-2136
Cat. CX-2640
Ref: Silicon Chip Nov '87
This superb 1GHz digital frequency meter will
ou (perform any other instrument in its pr1ce range.
It uses the h1ghest performance ICs, provides blll h
frequency and period measurements, and featun ·~ .m
8 dlgtt LED readout
Cat KC-5013
HIGH QUALITY
GUITAR PREAMP
•
(PASSIVE "BANDPASS" SUBWOOFER
1GHz Digital Frequency Meter!
CAPACITANCE
METER FOR
D.M.M .
$28.95
;;~ir~·
$29.95
,
-
,
NE\Vl KITS FOR
NOVEMBER
.
:ARJ AYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJ AYCAR J AYCARJ AY v"nJAYCAR J AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYC
:ARJ AYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJ AYCAR J AYCARJ AYCARJAYCA RJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR J AYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCARJAYC
~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~2~~~~~~~~JAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYC ARJAYCARJAYCARJ AYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCARJAYCAR JAYCAR JAYC
KIT SALE
With so many new kits, we have to clearout some of the oldies. Your chance
to grab a bargain. But, be quick, some are In limited quantities.
Cat. No Month/Magazine Description
Was
Now
KA-1527 EA 8/83
Video amp buffer
$12.00 $8.00
KA-1558 EA 11/84
Speed controller
$28.50 $20.00
KA-1567 EA 11/84
20W amp module
$24.50 $12.50
KA-1600 EA 8/85
Car stereo SOW amp
$189.50 $129.50
KA-1612 EA 9/85
Dwell/Tachometer
$36.95 $20.00
KA-1645 EA 4/86
CD ada ptor
$32.00 $18.00
KA-1672 EA 6/86
Phone controller
$59.00 $25.00
KA-1678 EA 10/86
HI power electric fence
$229.00 $149.00
KM-3048AEM 8501
Current sense car alarm
$89.50 $49.50
KM-3054AEM 6508
Audio clipping indicator
$19.95 $14.50
KE-4000 ETI048
Buzz board
$8.50
$4.50
KE-4002 ETI065
Electronic siren
$8.90
$4 .90
KE-4728 ETI 6/87
Ring tone customiser
$39.95 $26.95
HOUSE ALARM
D.I. (DIRECT INJECT) BOX
Ref: EA January 1985
This unit costs far less than
often inferior commercial
alarms. A unique feature Is
that you can wire NO and
NC alarm sensors In the
one line.
Cat. KA-1582
Ref: EA October 1987
$169.00
.,._,.., -_ ...........
,
/ :<;;k1'ii;iHf :;;: \
SAVE HEAPS
SOLDERING IRON TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Ref: ETI October 1986
A variable control using diodes. No transformer required, soldeting iron connects
through this to power outlet. Simple to install.
Cat. KE-4725
:;'('~
~====•elil
TV COLOUR BAR &
_:~
;.
$35.00
-~
PLA YMASTER 60/60 AMP
$299
Cat. KA-1652 BLUEPRINT $349
Cat. KA-1650 STANDARD
{:\):):?WrrJ+:EMER¥))}
I flR§§ iA]A4i<at>ilI
Jaycar will purchase your surplus stocks of components and equipment. We are
continually on the lookout for sources of prime quality merchandise.
MAii ORDER
CALL GARY JOHNSTON OR BRUCE ROUTLEY N O W ~. N .
(02) 747 2022
FUNCTION
GENERATOR
DUAL TRACKING
POWER SUPPLY
WITH DIGITAL
READOUT
• Incorporates curren t limiter
• Floating ground
.. ·
:
~
.'-
.
~-
~ \
Ref: EA February 1987
~-.
·
. , _ . ·.
Ref: EA April 1982
Attractive unit matches the KA1390 (DFM). Produces sine, triangle
and square waves from below 20Hz
to over 160kHz. Good envelope
stab!l!ty. Inbuilt 4 dtg!t frequency
counter for ease and accuracy.
Cat. KA-1428
• Sw!tchable from V to A
• Output ± l.3V to ±22V<at> 2A - 5V
<at> lA
• ABS instrument case
• Foldback current protect1on
• Adjustable voltage to lOmV
• Fully protected
• LED,indicator for regulator dropout
Cat. KA-1682
$129.50
$129.95
I
· ~-·
Cat. KA-1690
$39.95
How to run 12V CB radios from 24V
24V to 12V
converter for trucks
This 24V to 12V converter can deliver up
to 5 amps with very little power loss. It
is intended for powering CB radios and
radio/cassette players in trucks which
normally hove 24V battery supplies.
Design by JOHN CLARKE
Most larger trucks use a 24V supply for their electrical system and
commonly employ two 12V or four
6V batteries connected in series to
provide the voltage. This presents a
problem when CB radios and radiocassette players are installed. A
common method for supplying the
required 12V is to tap it off from the
centre point of the two (or four)
batteries.
This certainly works but it does
have a serious long-term drawback.
To describe how this occurs, let us
consider the most common case
where two 12V batteries are used.
When a heavy current device
such as a CB radio is connected, it
takes all its energy requirements
from the lower 12V battery in the
series string. This means that the
total drain on the lower battery is
higher than for the upper unit. But
when the batteries are being
recharged this fact will not be
taken into account.
The two 12V batteries will still be
recharged to a nominal 28.8V cutout (ie, twice the normal 14.4V setting in a 12V system) but as time
goes on, the lower battery will
always be undercharged while the
top unit is over-charged, as the
electrical system attempts to make
up the required total voltage of
24V. The result will be premature
failure and necessary replacement
of both 12V batteries. That is a very
expensive way of running 12V gear.
The same problem applies if four
6V batteries are employed.
The only satisfactory way to prolong battery life is to derive the required 12V from the whole 24V supply. The simplest way of doing that
is to use a series regulator which
can be set to deliver around 13.6
volts which is a good voltage for
running 12V equipment.
There is little wrong with this approach except for one problem excessive power dissipation in the
regulator. Consider what happens
if the 24V truck supply is running at
around 28 volts (which is normal),
the regulator is set to deliver 13.6V
and the CB radio is drawing 5 amps
when transmitting. This means that
the regulator will have to dissipate
over 70 watts.
In the hot cabin of a truck this
could be a serious problem, requiring a large and bulky heatsink. So
scrub that idea, it isn't practical.
Our 24-12V converter solves the
dissipation problem by using a switchmode regulator. It uses a power
transistor which is switched on and
off at a rapid rate to provide 13.6V.
--
S1
+ 1ZV
20kHz
OVJ1_Jl_
D1
Fig. l
':'
Fig.1: this circuit cannot be
used because Ql 's load is shortcircuited when the radio is
connected.
28
I LOAD
+0-0
D1
SILICON CHIP
Fig. 2
.,..
h~
I
...
i.,..
Fig.2: the circuit is based on the
source-follower configuration.
Vi
'---4---,-+
D1
Fig. 3
Fig.3: basic operation of a
switchmode supply. S1 is the
transistor and turns off and on
at a rapid rate.
..
PARTS LIST
1 PCB code, SC111-1287,
100 x 55mm
1 folded aluminium case, 100 x
58 x 45mm
1 panel mount fuse holder
1 in-line fuse holder
2 3AG 5A fuse
2 1 0mm grommets
3 solder lugs
4 plastic PC s tandoffs
4m 1 mm enamelled copper
wire
180mm 1 mm tinned copper
wire
2 T0-220 mica washers and
insulating bushes
1 Neosid iron cored toroid
17-146-10
Semiconductors
View inside the prototype. All the parts, including the toroid coil, are mounted
on a small printed circuit board to give a compact assembly.
Because the power transistor is being switched on and off, it is very efficient and wastes little power. It
dissipates only about 5W when
delivering 5 amps.
The converter has good regulation. The input voltage can range
between 18V and 30V for an output
voltage change of only 0.7V. The
output is well filtered too. Switching ripple is 30mV peak-to-peak
at the full load current of 5A, falling to 10mV p-p with no load.
A small metal case houses the
converter circuitry. This reduces
the level of electromagnetic radiation emanating from the circuitry
as well as providing a heatsink for
the main switching transistor.
Circuit details
At first sight the circuitry looks
fairly complicated but the
operating principle is relatively
simple. It is best understood by first
referring to Fig.1. This shows a
MOS (metal-oxide silicon) power
transistor Ql with a square wave
drive signal fed to its gate. This can
be made to work perfectly well to
provide a 12V output. The only
drawback is that the output has the
positive line at + 24V (nominal) and
the negative side at + 12V with
respect to the chassis of the vehicle.
The problem with this is that virtually all 12V automotive gear such
as CB radios and radio/cassette
players need their cases earthed to
the vehicle chassis. If this was done
with the circuit of Fig.1, Ql 's load
would be short-circuited and it
would be burnt out. So back to the
drawing board.
Fig.2 shows another arrangement for the switching supply with
the 12V output referenced to
ground (vehicle chassis). It uses Ql
as a source follower with the drain
connected to the 24V supply. The
problem with this circuit is that the
gate must be driven at least 12V
above the source to ensure that Ql
switches on fully . In practice, this
means that the gate has to be
driven 12V above the 24V rail. (Life
isn't simple, is it?)
To solve this problem we need a
drive circuit which will swing the
gate between + 12V and + 36V.
We can do this but it needs its own
supply circuit delivering more than
36V. We solved that problem with a
voltage doubler circuit.
Fig.3 shows the basic operation
of the switchmode supply. Switch
Sl is the transistor which turns on
and off at a rapid rate. When S1 is
closed, current passes through the
inductor to charge capacitor Cl.
When Sl opens, the inductor current is diverted through the
flywheel diode Dl to charge Cl and
so prevent a large back-EMF being
1
1
2
1
5
1
1
1
TL07 4 quad op amp IC
BUZ71 SIPMOS trans istor
BC54 7 NPN transistors
BY229-400 or MUR1 550
fast recovery diode
1 N4148 , 1 N9 14 s mall s ignal
diodes
39V 400mW or 1 W zener
diode
30V 1 W zener diode
13V 400mW or 1 W zener
diode
Capacitors
1 1 OOOµF 63VW PC
electrolytic
2 2200µF 16VW PC
electrolytic
1 1 OOµF 35VW PC electrolytic
1 2.2µF 50VW PC electrolytic
2 0.4 7 µF metallised polyeste r
1 0.01 µF metallised polyester
1 0 .0022µF metallised
polyester
1 0.001 µF metallised polyester
1 4 70pF ceramic
Resistors (0.25W, 5 %)
1 X 1 OOkO, 7 x 47k0, 3 x 10k0,
1 X 4 .7k0, 2 X 2.2k0 , 1 X 3900,
1 X 2700, 1
0.5W
X
1000 , 1
X
470
Miscellaneous
Hookup wire , solder, screws,
nuts etc .
developed across the switch.
The complete circuit diagram
(Fig.4) brings it all together. It includes a voltage doubler, a gate
driver, a switchmode oscillator to
provide the square wave for the
DECEMBER1987
29
470
l'"'""-..-----,----.....-----.--....--wv,,-+VOR FROM
ACCESSORY
IGNITION SWITCH
47k
SA
LINE
FUSE
. - - - - - - - - - u ~ - - , - + 2 4 V FROM
BATTERY
1000 +
0.47+ JSVW+
47k
47k
47k
470pF-l'.
40kHz OSCILLATOR
SA
-.....-------0--.0---0+
VOLTAGE DOUBLER
OUTPUT
13.6V, SA
i-
10k
47k
2.2k
B
ELJc
VIEWED FROM
BELOW
~R
GDS
D5
1N4148
K A
I.
SHORT IF 04
VOLTAGE HIGH
20kHz SWITCH MODE
OSCILLATOR
24V-12V CONVERTER
· L1 : 64T, 1mm ENAMELLED COPPER
WIRE ON A NEOSIO 17 -146-10
4.7k
111-1287
Fig.4: the circuit includes a voltage doubler (ICla, D1, D2, Cl and C2), a gate driver (Q2), a switchmode oscillator (IClb)
and a voltage comparator (IClc) for output voltage regulation.
gate driver and a voltage comparator for output voltage regulation. It uses one quad op amp integrated circuit (ie, four operational amplifiers in the one IC
package), two NPN transistors, and
one field effect power transistor.
The voltage doubler comprises op
amp ICla, diodes Dl and D2, Cl, C2
and associated components. ICla is
connected as a Schmitt trigger
oscillator. This works as follows:
Initially, pin 6 of ICla is low and
pin 7, the output, is high. This
causes the 470pF capacitor at the
pin 6 input to charge via the 47k0
feedback resistor. This continues
until the voltage reaches the
positive threshold of the Schmitt
trigger, at which point the output
goes low. The capacitor then
discharges via the 4 7k0 resistor until the voltage reaches the negative
threshold of the non-inverting input
when the output goes high again.
Thus ICla is an oscillator operating
at about 40kHz.
The square wave output is fed to
a diode pump circuit consisting of
Cl, D1, D2 and C2. Initially, when
30
SILICON CHIP
the output of ICla is low, capacitor
Cl is charged via Dl to 24V. C2 is
also charged to 24V via Dl and D2.
When the output of ICla goes high
to about 24V, the positive side of Cl
(ie, the junction of Dl and D2) is
jacked up to 48V and so Cl 's charge
is transferred to C2.
When ICla again goes low, Cl is
again charged via Dl and the cycle
starts again. The voltage developed
across C2 is limited to 39 volts by
zener diode D3. This is fed to the
gate driver stage Ql and Q2.
ICl b drives the base of QZ via a
2.2kQ resistor. When the output of
IClb is low, QZ is off and Ql is switched on by virtue of the resistor between its base and collector. Ql applies about 39V to the gate of Q3
and turns it on. When the output of
ICl b goes high, QZ is switched on
which turns off Ql and also Q3, the
main switching transistor.
As Q3 turns off, the inductor L1
tends to maintain its current flow
and pulls the source negative.
However DB clamps the source at
about minus 0.7V. D6 is included to
speed up the turn-off of Q3 , by ac-
Close-up view of FET Q3 (left) and
diode D8. See Fig.6 for mounting
details.
tively pulling the gate down
towards OV. D7 is included to prevent the gate-source capacitance
from being charged to a large
negative value and thereby indirectly improves the turn-on time
of Q3.
Inductor Ll , a 680µ,H toroidal
choke, and two 2200µ,F capacitors
connected in parallel filter the
square wave output of Q3 to produce smooth DC. A small load
resistor of 4. 7k0 is there to
discharge the capacitors if no load
is connected at the time power is
turned off. The 0.47 µF capacitor
improves the filtering at high
frequencies.
A 5-amp fuse protects the output
against overloads and short circuits, while a 5A in-line fuse provides protection in the case of a circuit fault.
I
I
\
\
Voltage regulation
ICl b is another Schmitt trigger
oscillator (similar to ICla) with a
pulse output at 20kHz. Its trigger
level is modulated by the voltage
comparator IClc to give voltage
regulation. IClc does this by comparing the averaged output voltage
from L1 with a 13.6V reference at
its non-inverting input, pin 13.
If the output voltage at 11 is
lower than the reference voltage,
the output of IClc goes low and
pulls down the voltage at pin 10 of
IClb. Thus the duty cycle of IClb
changes so that its positive pulses
are shorter. This means that Q2 is
turned on for shorter periods of
time and this increases the averaged output from Q3 and 11.
Conversely, if the output voltage
is higher than the reference
voltage, the output of IClc raises
the voltage at pin 10 of IClb. This
makes the positive pulses from ICl b
longer, turns on Q2 for longer
periods of time, and thus decreases
the averaged output voltage from
Q3 and 11.
The 0.0OlµF capacitor between
pins 12 and 13 of IClc provides
filtering for the error voltage (ie,
the difference between the converter output and the 13.6V
reference voltage). The capacitor
also enables the converter to start
reliably when power is first
applied.
ICl b oscillates at about 20kHz.
This is high enough to prevent the
switching of Q3 from becoming
audible but not so high that switching losses become excessive.
The 24V supply to the drain of Q3
is decoupled with lO00µF and
0.47µF capacitors. The supply to
the remainder of the circuit is
decoupled with a 470 resistor and
lO0µF capacitor and protected
against voltage spikes by a 30V
zener diode.
Note that the 24V supply is permanently connected to Q3 while the
OUTPUT CONNECTED TO EARTH LU
ON OUTSIDE OF CASE
5A FUSE
FROM BATTE
IN-LINE F
FROM ACCESSORY
IGNITION SWITCH
09
!
Fig.5: parts placement and wiring diagram for the converter. Use
mica washers and insulating bushes to isolate Q3 and DB from the
chassis.
rest of the circuitry is connected to
the ignition or accessory switch.
This avoids the necessity for a
heavy duty on/off switch.
One point should be made before
we complete the circuit description
and that is to tell you what happened to the fourth op amp. After all,
ICl is a four op amp package. The
fourth op amp, associated with pins
1, 2 and 3 of the T1074, is not used
and is therefore not shown on the
circuit. Pins 2 and 3, the op amp inputs, are connected to the 0V line
and so the op amp latches up (ie, its
output goes high, to almost the
+ 24V supply).
Construction
Our prototype 24V to 12V converter was built into a folded
aluminium case measuring 100 x 58
INSULATING
BUSH
~
t
\
~
MICA
WASHER
iI
SCREW
HEATSINK
(REAR OF CASE)
NUT
10220
DEVICE
Fig.6: mounting details for transistor
Q3 and diode D8.
x 45mm. The circuit components
are mounted on a printed circuit
board coded SCl 11-1287 and
measuring 100 x 55mm.
Start construction by installing
all the low profile components on
the PCB as shown in Fig.5. These include the IC, resistors and diodes
(but not DB). The capacitors and
transistors can then be installed.
Q3 and DB should be installed with
their leads about 10mm long so that
they can be later bolted to the side
of the metal case.
The inductor, 11, is wound on a
Neosid powdered iron core toroid,
type 17-146-10. This requires 64
turns of 1mm enamelled copper
wire, evenly wound around the
toroid. Strip the enamel off the two
ends of the winding before mounting the toroid on the PCB. The
toroid is secured using three Ushaped tinned copper wire links as
shown on the wiring diagram
(Fig.5).
The PCB is supported in the case
using plastic standoffs. You will
have to mark out and drill the
necessary holes for these, along
with holes for the cable entry, fuse
holder, earth lug mounting screw,
and the mounting screws for Q3
and DB. Deburr all holes using an
oversize drill bit. Take extra care to
ensure that the mounting surfaces
for Q3 and DB are smooth and free
DECEMBER1987
31
The circuit is housed in a compact folded aluminium case. Install grommets at
external wiring points.
0
......
00
N
"""
I
........"""
(.)
en
Oo
Fig. 7: here is the full-size artwork for the PC pattern.
of metal swarf.
Q3 and D8 are bolted to the side
of the case using TO-220 mounting
kits - ie, mica washers, insulating
bushes and screws and nuts. Fig.6
shows the details. Smear the
mating surfaces on the devices and
the case with heatsink compound
prior to installation. Finally, use
your multimeter to check that the
metal tab of each device is indeed
electrically isolated from chassis. If
you do find a short, it should be corrected immediately.
Once the unit has been completely assembled, it is ready for testing.
Connect a 24V supply and check
that the output is at about 13.6V. If
the voltage is higher than this check
32
SILICON CHIP
the voltage between ground and the
anode of D4. This voltage should be
the same as the output voltage.
If necessary, the output voltage
can be reduced by 0.6V by shorting
out D5.
Troubleshooting
Double, double, toil and trouble;
fire burn and cauldron bubble.
Perish the thought but it is possible
that your converter may not work
when you turn it on. Don't panic
though, it is fairly easy to get it going if it should malfunction.
The hardest part about
troubleshooting is poking the prods
from your multimeter or
oscilloscope into the case and onto
the components, since it is so tightly
packed. To make it easier in this
respect, you may wish to remove
the fuseholder temporarily, to give
better access to the case. Wrap
some insulation tape around the
fuseholder terminals though, to prevent the possibility of shorts.
The first step in troubleshooting
is to check that the supply voltage is
being fed to the circuit. With 24V
applied to the two input cables,
check that this voltage appears
across D9, the 30V zener, the drain
of Q3 and pin 4 of the IC. If the 47Q
resistor feeding D9 cooks as soon as
you connect the supply it is likely
that you have connected the supply
leads the wrong way around or D9
is reverse-connected into circuit.
Now check that ICla is functioning. The easiest way to do this is to
measure the voltage across zener
diode D3. This should be close to
39V. If this voltage is not present,
check the orientation of diodes Dl,
D2 and D3. If they're OK, check
that ICla is oscillating. This is easy
to do if you have an oscilloscope. If
ICla is oscillating, a 40kHz square
wave with an amplitude of 24 volts
peak will be present at pin 7.
If you don't have an oscilloscope,
you can check the DC voltage present at pin 7. It should be close to
half the supply voltage .
Similarly, the voltage at pins 8, 9,
10, 12, 13 and 14 should also be at
close to half the supply voltage, if
the other two op amps are functioning properly.
If after all those checks the unit
is still not delivering correct output,
it is possible that Ql, Q2, D6 or D7
is at fault. Try shorting the base
and emitter of Q2. This will turn off
Q2 which will let Ql turn on continuously. This should apply about
37V to the gate of Q3, allowing it
turn on completely and feed the full
24V to the output. If that does not
happen, it is possible that Q2 is
shorted.
Note: disconnect the two 2200µF
16VW capacitors for this test.
On the other hand, if the output
of Q3 is continuously high, it ·is
possible that D6 is open circuit or
round the wrong way, or Q2 is open
circuit. It is highly unlikely that Q3,
the most rugged semiconductor in
the circuit, is damaged.
Infrared
Movement
Detector
By BRANCO JUSTIC
ley E·lectronics
In this article, we show you how
to build a passive infrared movement detector (PIR) with performance equivalent to that of expensive commercial units. The unit is
very easy to build and can be used
to monitor large areas such as
rooms and entrances. Alternatively, when fitted with the optional
narrow angle lens, it can be used
for property perimeter protection
or as a shop entry detector.
Until fairly recently, passive infrared (PIR) movement detectors
have been fairly expensive devices,
due mainly to the cost of the
pyroelectric sensors. That situation
no longer prevails. With the
development of low cost sensors
and plastic lenses, the price of PIR
detectors has dropped in recent
years so that they are now an attractive and economical proposition for use in domestic alarm
systems.
In fact, a PIR detector is now virtually a must for any home burglar
alarm system. This type of detector
has excellent sensitivity and has a
lower incidence of false alarms
than ultrasonic detectors. In addition, they are easy to install and
adjust.
You can build this high-performance
passive infrared movement detector
for just $60.
The PIR detector described here
features a high-quality dualelement fresnel lens and filter combination that offers superior performance to single element types. The
unit can either be used to trigger a
central alarm system or, by increasing the triggered on time, as a
self-contained alarm system.
The useful range of the unit
varies according to the lens fitted.
The prototype wide angle unit produced a useful range of more than
10 metres, while fitting the narrow
angle lens resulted in a useful
range of more than 25 metres.
The pyroelectric sensor
At the heart of our PIR is a
pyroelectric sensor which is sensitive to body heat in the range
8-10µ,m (micrometres). A pyroelectric sensor generally combines a
filter, a heat-sensitive crystal, and
a FET buffer stage in one package.
An external filter is also often used
Here is a view of the assembled printed circuit board. The wide-angle lens
assembly is installed over the pyroelectric sensor at mid-left.
DECEMBER 1987
33
D
2
(a) NARROW ANGLE LENS - SAME PLAN ANO SIDE VIEW
~00"•~
~
•
Wm
SIDE VIEW
(b) WIDE ANGLE LENS - ASSUMES 2 METRE HEIGHT ANO APPROXIMATELY 15• TILT
Fig. 2
Fig.2: these diagrams show the behaviour of the narrow angle lens at (a) and
the wide-angle lens at (b). With the wide angle lens, a range of up to 20-metres
can be expected.
to help filter out wavelengths outside the range of interest.
This external filter generally consists of a white-coloured plastic
sheet. Although this is almost opaque to visible light, it is transparent
to wavelengths associated with
BAND-PASS FILTER
{WINDOW)
~
"CRYSTALS"(LiTa0 3)
Fig. 1 THE INTERNALS OF A PYROELECTRIC DETECTOR
34
SILICON CHIP
unit insensitive to the presence and
movement of human beings in a
room, which is why a lens system is
needed to make the unit work.
If we focus the output of a multiple lens system on the pyroelectric
unit; a signal is produced when
more heat falls on one of the
elements than the other. A person
walking across the area scanned by
a multiple lens system will thus produce a voltage across one of the
elements and a voltage of opposite
polarity across the other.
The differential voltage produced by a dual element sensor is
therefore twice that produced by a
single element sensor.
In summary, a dual element sensor rejects heat which is common to
both sensors (the common-mode
signal) and produces a differential
output when a person enters the
capture area, due to the fresnel
lens system.
Fig.2 shows the behaviour of the
two alternative lenses available
with this project.
body heat. The external filter used
in our unit is actually combined
with the fresnel lens.
Fig.1 illustrates the internal circuitry of the pyroelectric sensor used in this project. Note that two
heat sensitive lithium titanate
elements (LiTaO 3) are used and
these are wired so that their outputs oppose each other.
This means that light which is
common to both elements produces
very little output (theoretically
zero), a feature that makes the unit
insensitive to normal heat which is
distributed across large areas,
such as in a room. It also makes the
How it works
Fig.3 shows the complete circuit
diagram for the PIR Detector.
Here's how it works.
The infrared energy is focussed
on the pyroelectric sensor (ICl) by
the fresnel lens. The FET inside ICl
is connected as a source follower
with its output coupled via C2 to the
input of non-inverting amplifier
stage IC2.
This stage has a voltage gain of
471 and a bandwidth of approximately 7Hz. R7 and C5 set the high
frequency response while R6 and
C4 roll off the response below about
0.75Hz. R3, R4 and R5 bias the pin 3
input to about 1.7V.
The output of IC2 is coupled via
C6 and RB to pin 2 of IC3. This is an
inverting amplifier stage with a
voltage gain of 100 (40dB) and a
bandwidth of approximately 16Hz.
From there, the signal is fed via R12
to a detector circuit consisting of
Dl, R13 and Cl0.
This produces a DC voltage
which is directly proportional to the
AC voltage produced by the
pyroelectric sensor. This DC
voltage is then applied to the noninverting (pin 3) input of comparator stage IC4. Trimpot VRl
R1
1k
r-----'tWr-------+------+------+-------+-------+-----+----A
CB
.01
FRESNEL ( },.
LENS
+ 1.4V
VR1
4.7k
R2
47k
R5
4.7M
C10
R13
1M
0.1
R21
4.7k
+5V
C14
+
7BL05
100+
1NOour
GND
R16
1M
B
EOc
VIEWED FROM
BELOW
R15
220k
_ __
R17
1M
_ _____,..__ _ _....__
_
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____,..__ _ _ _--<1GND
.,.
PASSIVE INFRARED MOVEMENT DETECTOR
31-1287
Fig.3: the output from the pyroelectric sensor (IC1) is amplified by IC2 and IC3, detected by D1 and applied to
comparator IC4. IC4 drives comparator IC5 which turns on Qt and the relay.
(sensitivity) sets the comparator
threshold voltage on IC4's inverfing
input.
When the detector output exceeds the comparator threshold,
the output of IC4 switches high and
quickly charges Cl 2 via DZ and
R14. When this happens, pin 6 of
comparator stage IC5 also switches
high and turns on transistor Ql. Ql
in turn drives the relay and a LED
indicator circuit (R18 and LED 1).
Diode D3 protects Ql against the
back-EMF generated by the relay
coil when the relay turns off.
R15 and C12 sets the time constant on pin 3 of IC5 to one second.
This makes the unit continually retrigger while ever there is movement within the area scanned by
the sensor. If required, the time
constant can be increased (by increasing the value of R15) , to make
the unit function as a free-standing
alarm.
The relay output can either be used to trigger the central alarm console or, when the long time constant
is employed, to switch on an external siren circuit.
Construction
A complete kit of parts for this
project is available from Oatley
Electronics [see parts list).
All the parts, except for the LED,
are mounted on a small printed circuit board measuring 61 x 114mm.
The wide-angle lens assembly is
made from blank PCB material and
tin plate and is soldered to four
large PC stakes at one end of the
board.
Install the parts on the PCB as
shown in Fig.4, with particular attention paid to the orientation of the
transistors, diodes, electrolytic
capacitors and ICs . IC sockets were
fitted to the prototype, but these are
optional.
The relay, trimpot and the
pyroelectric sensor are best left till
last. Mount the sensor flush against
the PCB with its metal tab oriented
as shown in the wiring diagram
(Fig.4).
Now the wide-angle lens
as sembly can be made. Fig.5 shows
the dimensions of the top and side
pieces (note: the drawings are not
DECEMBER1987
35
Altronics Will Deliver Any Of These Quality Products To Your
Door Faster Than An Other Australian Su lier
(Within 24 Hours To Every Capital City and Suburbs - Allow Addltonal 24 - 48 Hours For Country Areas)
1111111111 IIIIIHIIIII IIIIII IIIU 111111111 llllll lllllllllllllllllllllllllllll 11111111111111111111111111 IIU Ill II111111111111111 II IIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIII111111111111111
es
Operate■ From 12V Car Battery
Massive 600 Watt Inverter
Operatea from 12 or 24 Volt IyItemI via
Internal wiring connection ■
Thermal Over Load. Current Regulated. Current Overload
Big brother to our 300W Model this brilliant design can be internally connected for
either 12 or 24Voperation . Full SOO watt output - and that will power a fantastic array of
appliances e.g . Lighting , Electric Motors , Electric drills, Hi Fi , TV Sets, Computer.
K 6752
K 6754
An ab ■olute muIt for HouH Power or for the Truck, Tractor etc.
K 6770
Complete Kit
Full Built & Tested
.
$399.oo
$499.oo
FHture■ :
New Model /RD Has
Fantastic Range
With Two Mode Lens
Our Price $99ea
10 or More $90ea
Complete Kit
Fully Built & Tested
...1
• Lens simply ' snaps' to either wide angle
(range 40 feet) tor normal use or Normal
angle (range 80 feet plus) for corridor
applications .
• Snazzy integral mounting bracket allows
corner 90 deg . mounting as well as
normal surface mount.(This is a fantastic
feature as these work best in corners and
are visually unobtrusive)
• 12V DC Powered
• Built•in test lamp
• Alarm output SPOT 30V 1a
Why Pay $150orMore
tYf
1GHz Digital Frequency Meter!
Counter Kit
(See Silicon Chip Mag.
Nov 1987 tor Details)
j ~u~e~o;~~a~~~~i~~s
· Silicon Chip for this
Great Australian
Design .
$4
,,..,;,,;,.:;:.-
The Technical excellence of this counter
th
~i~1~5,~t,;'~:,t's ~ees~:~~ipa~~~\d,;a':.de~ er Erase your EPROMS quick ly and safely This unit is a
cost effective solution to your problems . It will erase up
K 2515 Due M Id Dec'
to_9 x 24 pin dev_ices in complete safety in about 40
minutes for 9 chips (less tor less chips) .
.
Super Bargain 1/2 Price
• N
• I
G
Fan tas tIC egat1ve on enerator
$
299
There have been volumes written about the benefits of negative ions combating air
pollution, cigarette smoke etc. can be very beneficial to Asthma sutterars. Our great
little Rover generates billions of ions per second! Includes tester.
Were Se/1/ng for
•Era■eupto9chlputatlme•Chiparawer
has conductive foam pad • Main.s Powered
•HighUVintensityat_chipsurtaceensures
th0 rough erase• Engineered to p_revent UV
exposure• Long Life ~Vtu_be • Dimenslons 21 7x80x68mm Weight S?Og.
$79.95
A 0990 A!tronics Bargain Price
Unnece11ary
Heart Attack?
Why Rlak
$39.95
$229.oo
$329.oo
We believe the Vector to be one of the finest and most sensitive Radar Detectors
available in the World today. Approximately 4db greater sensitivity than the A 1520
Until now, GaAs diodes have only been used in sophisticated military radar equipment.
The Microeye Vector is the first consumer electronics product equipped with this new
technology.
Why GaAI Diode ■ Make The Difference:• Lower threshold allows for a better signal to
noise ratio . • Lower signal conversion loss . • Higher barrier reduces noise. Quite
Simply, GaAs diodes increase the sensitivity of the Microeye Vector.
Features: • Separate audio alerts tor X and K Band . • Three operational switches:
Power: On and Off: RSD (Radar Signal Discriminator) to minimize extraneous signals
with a LO (local) positon and a LA (Long Range ) position : FIiter Mode designed tor
instant computerized anal ysis of incoming signals with LO and LA positions.
Invisible from outside your car. The Vector
simply clips onto your sun visor. Thus the
Gendames and would be villains are
non the wiser.
S 5301
-
,
Just think how handy it would be to have 240 Volt AC Mains Power when camping
or tor your boat or Caravan .
Auto Start draws power from your battery only when appliance is plugged in and
" turned on". i.e. battery can be left permanently connected it desired .
Heart disease strikes down many people in
their early 40's (or even 30's). The tragedy
remains that had such victims been alerted ,
remedial medical, physical and dietary
action could have been prescribed to avoid
illness and in many cases restore full bodily
health. X 3055
Blood Pre11ure and Heart
Rate Monitor
Feature,:
•
•
•
•
Non- Microphone Measurement System
LCD Readout
Blood Pressure Monitor
Pulse Rate Monitor
.
Get a System for
Mum and the Kids
Se11led
Ar.I
P
These rugged high performance batteries
are ideally suited for systems where
uninterrupted DC power is required i.e .
Security Systems, Computers, Solar Power
Systems etc.
Two Great Kits
Mylar Stereo
Phones With
Blowing Yo
Cool?
$32.50
NOW
K 2535
Fantastic system for this price. Frankly we
S5310
$r
Three Models To Choose From
S 5065 12V/ 1.2AH
$22.95
S 5067 12V/ 2.7AH
$34.50
S 5069 12V/4.5AH
$45.00
$75
Look At The Features
EXIT DELAY 30-35 sees. ENTRY DELAY 10
sees. DC SOURCE AC adaptor 240/ 9V DC
Supplied BATTERY BACKUP 9V Nicad
rechargeable- additonal cost S5024$14.50.
AUTO RESET 3 minute operate cycle and
auto reset RANGE Reliable to 30ft.(9M)
LOW BATTERY INDICATOR included.
Accesorles Included for the One Low Price
4 Sets Reed Switches for Window/ Doors.
1 Roll fig. "8" cable. 1 External Type Horn
Speaker. 1 AC/ DC plug pack adapto_r. Now
there is now excuse for not Protecting
yourself, your family and all your hard
earned possessions!
Uses Xenon Strobe tube for High
energy strobe· flash output at a rate
approx. 1 per second.Fantastic
light energy output for the DC
power used. DC input 12V
320mA Dimensions 97 dia.90H
S 5450 RED
S 5455 BLUE
$24.50
NOW $19.00ea
Were
Fantastic for Heatsink Cooling with
Amplifiers, Power Supplies,
Inverters Etc.
DC Brushless Fan
Zener Tester
Electronically commutated DC
Motor ensures low vibration and ultra
Long Life
120 x 120 x 38mm
Used with your multimeter - Reads exact
zener voltage up to
60V. K 2620
F 1040
$29.98
4Up$28.ooea
Quality Long Life
Hand Tools
n Electronic
WhyPay$5?
tlr
$89.95 Be Quick
• 10 Meg Ohm input • 12 Amp DC and
AC Current Ranges• Centre zero
Point er Adjust for + and - read ings
• Single Rang e and Polarity Reversing
switch • Power on LED indicator
• Transistor Teste r inbuilt• P-P
calibrated sc ale.
We're absolutely delighted with our
laboratory FET VOM. The Q 1050
breaks new ground for an advanced,
prescision analogue meter of this
quality below $100 The Q 1050 has
the advantage of digital multimeters
i.e. insignificant circuit loading, high
accuracy etc. without the misleading
and erroneous readings that DVM's
are famous for.
DC VOLTS
Ranges-0-0.3, 1 2.12.
30.120.300. 1200V - 0, 0 .15.0 6.6. 15.60.150
AH stainless steel construction with
insulated handles. Ideal for the hobbyist
and tradesman alike.
600V at Cen tre O
Input ImpedanceApp rox 10M Ohm .3M
Ohm at 300mV ra n ge ,
Rated Accuracy-2 .5%
DC and 3.5% AC f ul l
sca le on al l ranqes .
Rated Accuracy- :,UH.;
- $M Hz • 3°-o- dB-10dB - ·63d8 al al l AC
ranqes
DC CURRENT
Ranges-0-0 1 uA.0 3<
30, 300mA.12A
Potentlal Drop-300m\
Rated Accuracy
W 1th1n • 2 5% fu ll scale
al l ranqes
$8.50
tit"
..,uuu
Adaptor
$4.50
-
r
AC CURRENT
Ranges- 0- 12A
DC RESISTANCE
30.120.300.1200V RangesPea k - p ea k ,0-8. 4 .33 ,64.
RXl
v - 1K Ohm
330.840.3300
Rx10
0- lOK Ohm
Input ImpedanceRx100 0-100 K Ohm
App rox, 1M Ohm BOP F. Rx lO K 0- lOM Ohm
2 SM Ohm on 3V Range Rx 1M 0- 1000M Ohm
Diagonal Cutter
T
Flat Nose Plier
T
Needle Nose Plier
T
Curved Needle Nose PlierT
2700
2710
2720
2730
Centre Zero Pointer Setting
Allows+ and - Readings
·$9.95
$9.95
$9.95
$9.95
a 1050
$79.95
,,,
Buy the set of 4 for Only $30 and Save
The New 2 DIN Computer Monitor has a high performance Non
Glare CRTdesigned to-reduce eye strain and improve
concentration. Coupled with the non-glare screen is a rock solid
Video display and high resolution characters.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Screen
Front Controls
Rear Controls
Bottom Controls
Input Impedance
Bandwidth
Resolution
lnpuVOutput Connector
Input
D 1115
P 0995
•1
AC VOLTS
Ranges- RMS 0-3 . 12,
1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
Holds 12 magazines, each
on a spring out wire rod.
Just the shot for each
years set of EA's ETl's or
any of your favourite
magazines. Cat. B 9999
I
t
Going Up
Next Shipment
Australias Greatest
Nicad Bargain
$3.50
$2.95
$2.45
#
$12.50
Voltage
24 V DC
Current
330mA
Speed 3100 RPM
Air Flow 23 C.F.M.
Noise Level 32dbA
.__.
10-99
100up
$32.50
All you do is clip the unit across the DC fuse
holder (fuse removed), dial up the requir~d
current (max. 10A) and if the circuit draws
, more than this then the circuit "trips" or
opens. Thus power is removed from the
device.
Features: Fast blow - slow blow setting
• Manual reset button • LED fuse tripped
indicator• Operates off 1 single 9V battery
(not supplied) • Two current ranges0-1A &
' 0-10A • Any current setting available up to
10A • Current Settings easily adjustable
via. a pot and calibrated scale.• Housed in
a rugged Jiffy Box .
A Must for prototyping and service work.
No Electronic workshop should be without
were amazed at the performance of this
very compact system.
n
The
Electroni
$29.50
C 9050
Very simple to connect and operate - New
Technology has enabled very compact
overall dimensions (master unit only 180 x
100 x 65) hence ideal for concealing
amoung book shelves etc.
You Need
Simply Brilliant Mylar Stereo headset
and Dynamic Mic combination.
Phones 30-18KHz 28 Ohms, 6.5mm
stereo Jack Max. input 400mm Mlc.
84db , 600 Ohms, 6.5mm Mono Jack
$229
Green Phosphor - Non glare 14
Po wer On/ Off , Contrast, Brightness
Vertical size, vertical hold .
Horizontal hold, horizontal position.
75 Ohm/ 10K switch selectable
18MHz
900 lines at centre screen
RCA
Composite Video 1V P-P
This Month
$199
-. ,
This view shows the lens supporting assembly, prior to
installation of the fresnel lens. Be sure to install the
lens the right way up (see Fig.2).
'~if ' .
--" ~
.=.__.....;__ _
1!j + - "-
Fig.4: parts layout for the PCB. The pyroelectric sensor
(ICl} is mounted flush against the board.
The wide-angle lens assembly covers the pyroelectric
sensor and is soldered to four PC stakes.
PARTS LIST
1
1
1
1
1
1
printed circuit board
SPST 1 2V relay
fresnel lens (see text)
4-way terminal block
4 7kQ horizontal trimpot
aluminium case (70 x 40 x
130mm)
1 sheet of tin plate (1 00 x
30mm)
1 sheet of single-sided PCB (50
x 100mm)
6 PC stakes (4 large , 2 small)
Resistors 5%, 0.25W)
4 x 4.7MQ, 6 x 1 MQ , 1 x 220kQ,
1 . x 47kQ, 2 x 10kQ, 1 X
4 . 7kQ, 1 x 2.2k0, 5 x 1 kQ
Semiconductors
Miscellaneous
1 RPY97 dual element
pyroelectric detector
1 78L05 5V regulator IC
4 TL071 op amps
1 BC337 NPN transistor
2 1 N41 48 silicon diodes
1 1 N4004 silicori diode
1 5mm red LED
Hookup wire , machine screws
and nuts , mounting brackets
Capacitors
2 1 00µF 16VW PC electrolytic
4 22µF 16VW low-leakage PC
electrolytics
38
1 4. 7 µF 16VW low-leakage PC
electrolytic
3 0 .1 µF monolythics
2 0.01 µF metallised polyester
1 0.0047µF metallised
polyester
SILICON CHIP
Where to buy the parts: a complete kit of parts for this project
is available from Oatley Electronics, 5 Lansdowne Pde (PO
Box 89), Oatley, NSW 2223.
Telephone (02) 579 4985. Prices
are $57.95 for the wide-angle version, and $53.95 for the narrowangle version. Add $2.00 for pack
and post.
actual size). These can be cut to
shape using a pair of tin snips and
finished with a file.
The lens unit can now be
assembled by first tack-soldering
the various pieces together. Make
any adjustments that may be
necessary, then run a fillet of
solder along each of the internal
corners. Finally, the plastic lens
can be installed through the rear of
the unit and glued in position.
This is not a difficult procedure,
as the lens is simply a flat sheet of
plastic and will automatically
assume the correct shape when
correctly positioned. Note that the
smooth side of the lens faces outwards. Push the lens in so that it is
1-2mm from the front of the
assembly and secure it by applying
super-glue along the joints.
Avoid spreading the glue across
the lens face, as this will alter its
characteristics.
The completed lens assembly can
now be soldered to the PC stakes.
matching cutout in the lid.
Note that both the wide and narrow angle lenses have a focal
length of 30mm. You don't have to
worry about this if you are using
the wide angle lens, since the correct focal length is automatically
set by the lens assembly.
If the narrow angle lens is used,
you will have to carefully adjust the
height of the PCB in the case so that
the lens is 30mm above the surface
of the sensor (ie, the board should
be stood of the base by about 5mm).
30mm R
7
2 OFF SINGLE
SIDED PCB
...__---+--~7T
i------50mm------i
l
Testing
This is the long-range version, fitted
with the narrow-angle lens.
Check that the lens is the right way
up (see Fig.2) and that there is sufficient clearance around the corner
mounting holes.
The narrow angle lens doesn't require a supporting assembly. Instead, the lens is simply glued to a
circular cutout in the lid of the
case, directly over the pyroelectric
sensor.
A simple folded aluminium case
measuring 70 x 40 x 130mm is used
to house the circuit board. For the
wide-angle version, the PCB should
be mounted about 12mm above the
base, so that the entire surface of
the fresnel lens protrudes through a
Nova-15 loudspeakers the impedance drop below 7 ohms
and at its maximum the value was
just above 17 ohms at two points in
the frequency range, around 80Hz
and 2kHz. This impedance
characteristic means that the Nova
15s are very tractable speakers,
able to be driven without problems
by virtually any amplifier.
Listening tests with a sine wave
generator indicated that the Nova
15s were quite smooth across the
whole frequency range. We noticed
some prominence in the region of
4kHz and l0kHz and a slight colouration in the region of 2 to 3kHz.
In the bass region, the response
· is well maintained down to lO0Hz
Double check the locations of all
the components, then apply power
to the unit. Note that several
minutes of settling time are required after applying power due to
some of the long time constants used in the circuit. This does not
cause any real problems since, in
an actual alarm installation, the
unit will have power applied to it
continuously.
To test the unit, set trimpot VRl
to about two-thirds travel (starting
from the maximum anticlockwise
position) and mount the unit about
two metres above ground level (see
Fig.2). Assumimg that the unit has
an approximate 15° tilt, a range of
about 10 metres should be possible.
Note, however, that passive infrared detectors are much more
sensitive to movements across their
beams than along their beams.
The voltages shown on the circuit
ctd from page 17
or so, with useable output available
down to about 70Hz. Below that, if
the speaker is driven hard, there is
a tendency to "frequency double".
The latter effect means that there is
more apparent bass than there
really should be.
On music, the Nova 15s could be
described as "forward sounding"
and giving some prominence to
brass instruments.
Overall they have a bright sound
quality with good bass and clean
treble. For listening on classical
music though, we preferred to use a
judicious amount of treble cut, so
that the high end was toned down
just a little.
!-----2-0-FF-TI-NP-LA_TE_ _
_.J
,-~---45mm----...J~
Fig.5: the wide-angle lens assembly
is made from tinplate and blank
PCB material.
diagram were measured in a still
large room, with the sensitivity control at the two-thirds setting. The
quiescent current ·was BmA from a
12V DC supply.
Finally, the two-thirds sensitivity
setting was found to produce
reliable operation in a fairly large
room. As a general rule, advance
the sensitivity control only as high
as it needs to be for reliable triggering. And remember, it is whole body
movement we are trying to detect,
not just hand movement.
~
Where the Nova 15s really score
is with their efficiency which is
well above the average. They can
be driven to good sound levels with
quite modest amplifiers which may
be rated as low as 10 watts per
channel. This means that they are a
good match for modestly powered
amplifiers and stereo receivers
although Tandy state that they are
suitable for amplifiers with output
powers of up to 60 watts per
channel.
Tandy's current price on the
Nova 15s is $169 each which makes
them very keenly priced as they
are. However, we understand that
for the month of December they will
be two for the price of one. At that
price, they are a real bargain. ~
DECEMBER1987
39
Aussat link highlights 1987 Jamboree of the Air
Amateurs make historic
radio link via satellite
This year's Jamboree of the Air had a special
highlight. Amateur radio operators in Sydney were
able to talk to those in Perth via their 2-metre
repeaters. This would normally be impossible but
Aussat supplied a link via satellite to enable this
historic link-up.
By ROSS TESTER, VK2KRT
Amateur radio operators in
Sydney and Perth couldn't believe
their ears. VK6 stations by the
score were coming up on Sydney's
Manly-Warringah Repeater
VK2RMB while over in Perth VK2's
were thronging in on their repeater
VK6RTH.
For a while, most operators
weren't too sure what was happening. "What an Opening!" was
heard more than once. ("Openings"
are changes in the ionosphere
which permit long distance
communication).
Openings have occurred, very
rarely, to permit Sydney stations to
communicate with New Zealand,
Southern Queensland, Victoria,
even South Australia. But an opening to Perth would be considered an
event to eclipse the bicentennial
itself!
Incidentally , the Australian
QSL card from Ross Tester, VK2KRT for the first ever hand-held 2-metre
contact across Australia via satellite. Ross was at Narraheen Beach on the
east coast.
40
SILICON CHIP
record for two metres is held between VK4ZSH (Queensland) and
JA7OXL (Japan) - a distance of
6617km.
Back to Australia: as more and
more operators joined the "pile-up"
on two metres, the truth began to
emerge. And the truth was even
more of an event than a crosscountry opening.
The link between Sydney and
Perth was actually occuring over a
distance of some 72,000km - via
one of the Aussat satellites!
Very quietly (until amateurs
found out about it, that is) amateur
communications history was being
made in Australia and, probably,
the world.
It ' s not the first time that
amateur radio has gone into space.
Amateurs have, on quite a few occasions, launched their own
satellite repeaters as "piggy back"
payloads on commercial launches.
And amateurs the world over
remember the Space Shuttle
amateur, Dr Owen Garriot, who
took along his radio a couple of
years back.
To the best of our knowledge
though, the linking of VKZRMB and
VK6RTH via a commercial communications satellite is a world
first. And because of the outstanding success of the operation, it certainly won't be the last.
The link was first made for a
short period on Monday, October
12th. It was made again on Tuesday
13th and left active for "testing"
almost continuously until the JOT A
weekend of 17th and 18th October.
The link was finally removed early
on Monday 19th.
How it happened
Several of the staff at the Aussat
Earth Station at Belrose (Sydney)
were musing over their morning
"cuppa" about JOTA: the international Scout, Guide, Brownie and
Venturer's "Jamboree of the Air".
JOTA is held each year, on every
continent, and Scouts talk to other
Scouts both within their own countries and around the world. The
various scouting associations have
their own amateur licences but
thousands of non-Scouting
amateurs lend both their stations
and their time to assist the Scouts
for the two days of JOT A.
As you might expect, all the
amateur bands are pretty active
during the JOT A weekend. There
are many more Scouts than stations. Given the vagaries of
amateur radio, conditions cannot
be guaranteed and communication
is sometimes difficult.
Naturally, international contacts
are considered the "prize" of JOT A
but equally important are the contacts between scouts in various
parts of the country.
Local area repeaters are also in
heavy demand but their range is
limited to around 100km or so.
The Aussat staff had a brainwave: why not see if a Sydney
repeater could be linked to the
Aussat Earth Station and fed via
satellite to another repeater on the
other side of Australia? Scouts
would get contacts previously only
possible on HF and then only with
great difficulty.
Like many brainwaves, execution
proved to be a little more difficult.
But with credit to Aussat staff in
Sydney and Perth, officials of the
radio clubs, the Wireless Institute
of Australia (WIA) and the JOT A
organisers of the Scouting Association, it started happening.
PERTH
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
ZONE 29
CONFIRM QSL
S ,r
-
DATE
GMT
MHZ
2 WAY
AST
73s
HAAI
Ql-lc
s
PSE
L ._.
Arthur J. Brean
28 Bennion St.,
Trigg. W.A. 602q
Western Australia.
From the other side of the continent - the QSL card from Arthur Brean,
VK6SY, Trigg, Western Australia. Arthur was just two hundred metres from
the Indian Ocean.
being line-of-sight to the Belrose
Earth Station at just a few hundred
metres away across a gully and a
couple of ridges.
The Manly Warringah Radio
Society agreed to have their
repeater " hijacked " for the
weekend of JOTA. The West
Australian Repeater Group were
equally as enthusiastic about having their Channel 4 repeater at
Herne Hill linked to the Aussat
Earth Station at Lockridge in Perth.
Then came the Department of
Communications. Of course, Aussat
holds licences for its satellite services but could they link to the
Amateur Service?
Finally, approval came through
from a new Department: DOC had
been merged with the Department
of Transport in the meantime and
DOT AC finally gave the OK.
In the middle of all this negotiation, of course, came the launch of
Aussat 3 in August. Needless to
say, this was considered a pretty
significant event at Aussat, and
staff time to work on the "freebie"
project was simply non-existent.
Then came the logistics
First and foremost were the
"powers that be" at Aussat. Could
they justify giving free satellite time
in what is, after all, an extremely
expensive business? "Yes. It's
great public relations!"
Second came the question to the
Scouting Association: did they really want such a link? Did they what!
And of course, the 2-metre
amateur repeaters to be used: the
Manly-Warringah repeater
(VK2RMB) was a natural choice,
Aussats 1 and 2 were launched aboard US Space Shuttles. The Shuttle should
go into space again about the middle of next year.
DECEMBER1987
41
After the extremely successful
launch of Aussat 3 on top of an
Ariane rocket from French Guyana,
organiser Laurence Adney
(VK2ZLA) at Belrose Earth Station
was able to devote some time to the
JOT A project.
Technical Details
With the project given official go
ahead on all counts, the "nuts and
bolts" had to be organised. First
was the link from the repeater to
Aussat. That was the easy part signal was taken straight off air
from the respective repeaters, via a
normal 2-metre transceiver (a
Yaesu FT230R, loaned for the event
by David Folkes, VK2XDF, was used at Belrose.)
In perhaps one of the best examples of a "belt and braces" approach, an 8-element Yagi antenna
was aimed direct at the Terrey
Hills repeater from Aussat Belrose.
There was no way it wasn't going to
get signal!
VK2ZLA also brought in his own
2-metre transceiver to use as a
system monitor (talk about carrying
coals to Newcastle!) - with one of
the most expensive ground planes
for his magna-base antenna ever
seen (he "borrowed" one of the access doors from a multi-million
dollar satellite transponder controller. Yes, it worked very well,
thank you).
Technical development at Aussat
Satellite Frequencies
Sydney
Downlink ..
Uplink .. . . . .
Perth
Downlink ..
Uplink . .. ...
12,575.2825MHz
14,323.2825MHz
12,575.3725MHz
14,325.3725MHz
2-metre Frequencies
Sydney, VK2RMB
Transmit ... .. .. ... 146.275MHz
Receive .... ....... 146.875MHz
Dural, VK2WI
Transmit .... .. ... ... 146.40MHz
Receive ............. 147.00MHz
Perth, VK6RTH
Transmit ........... . 146.20MHz
Receive ......... .... 146.80MHz
42
SILICON CHIP
. ..
'
,.
, .
~
.
,
Aussat 1 pictured in the Shuttle cargo bay prior to deployment in space.
Australia's third domestic satellite, Aussat 3, was successfully launched by
Ariane rocket last August.
was carried out by another Aussat
staff member, Bruce Boardman
(VK2XDF). Bruce designed the interface unit which triggered from
the "busy" indicator on the Yaesu
FT-230 transceiver to switch the
Aussat transponder control from
transmit to receive. Unlike the
repeaters, the Aussat transponder
is designed to operate in a "VOX"
mode - the controller had to be
hard-wired to achieve what effectively became carrier control.
Equipment at the Lockridge end
was supplied and fitted by Will
McGhie, VK6UU, with technical
support by John Sherman and the
Aussat staff.
One unexpected problem which
needed solving was the fact that,
when installed, each repeater could
be triggered by the " tail" of the
other, effectively locking up the
system. This was simply solved by
including a one second delay in the
triggering of the Perth repeater.
"Aha!" amateurs all over Sydney
are saying. " That's why we kept
losing the first word or so if Perth
amateurs were too quick on the
PTT!"
And because of the one second
delay at the Perth end, amateurs in
Sydney were able to tie up the
system completely by not allowing
the one second to tail out.
"Aha!" amateurs in Perth a re
saying. "That's why we couldn't get
a word in edgeways when those
VK2's were coming through loud
and clear! "
Of course, there were a few problems with the link itself.
One occurred on Friday night
when a carrier locked the Perth
repeater on. While full remote control was built into the Perth end,
Aussat Sydney simply disconnected
the link while the Perth boys D-F'd
the offender (ie, they used a
direction-finder to locate the source
of the carrier l.
Apart from these minor aberrations though, the link was incredibly successful. Not just for
JOT A but for the hundreds of
Sydney and Perth amateurs who
contacted each other during the
unofficial " testing" period on
Wednesday, Thursday and Friday.
A measure of the success can be
gleaned from the hour-meter attached to VK2RMB. On a repeater
that would be lucky to see twenty
hours use in a week, a single-48
hour period (Thursday/Friday) saw
a staggering 38 of hours use!
Amateurs on both sides of the
continent were impressed, to say
the least. Thousands of contacts
were made - some very brief, just
to make the log for QSL purposes;
others much longer. Old friends,
even long-lost members of families
were re-united thanks to Aussat.
Even some records are being
claimed: Arthur Brean VK6SY and
Ross Tester VK2KRT (the author)
are claiming the first 2-metre handheld contact across Australia.
VK6SY was just a couple of hundred metres from the Indian Ocean
and VK2KRT was at Narrabeen
Beach, on the Pacific Ocean. So
they cheated - just a bit!
One of the best stories to come
out was from Michelle, VK2FJJ, who
made a chance contact with
another operator in Perth, only to
find that the Perth amateur lived
just a couple of doors from her son.
Guess who saved some phone calls!
Pity the poor pasties with those
thousands of QSL cards. Australia
Post will be thanking Aussat all the
way to the bank!
Satellite details
This report would not be complete without details of the "bird"
- if only to correct the misinformation being broadcast at the time
about the link.
The spacecraft used was Aussat
1, the first of the three Aussat
satellites launched on August 27,
scort
1985 by the US Space Shuttle,
Discovery.
Aussat 1 is in geostationary orbit
some 36,000km above the equator
at 160 degrees E.
Aussat 1, like the other two
Aussats, has 15 operational
transponders, 4 x 30 watts and 11 x
12 watts. It is 2.2m in diameter,
6.6m high and weighs approximately 650kg. Expected service life of
Aussat 1 is seven years.
(The life of the satellite is basically the amount of hydrazine fuel left
on board after launch. Satellites
drift out of orbit and must be moved
back - when the fuel runs out,
that's it).
All three satellites are controlled
by the Belrose Earth Station but
can also be controlled from Perth.
The Sydney/Perth link used
Transponder 13 (maximum output
12 watts).
The Aussat earth stations are
capable of immense power around 2000 watts - should the
situation require it. On the Kuband, from 12 to 14 Gigahertz, rain
and cloud can cause considerable
signal loss and the power is adjusted accordingly if these condi-
AL
tions occur. On the JOT A link
though such power was not required. In fact, the travelling wave
tube amplifiers were barely idling.
And next year?
Because of the huge success of
the link this year, Aussat may look
kindly to doing a similar link next
year. Similar, but not necessarily
the same.
Consideration is also being given
to using Aussat's South West
Pacific Beam to link Sydney and/or
Perth to New Zealand (or perhaps
even some of the island nations of
the region such as Tonga, Fiji,
Tahiti and so on).
Linking to a foreign country
opens up a whole new set of problems, both from a logistic point of
view (do they have the infrastructure necessary?) and, of course,
legally.
Regardless of whether the
Aussat link is ever made again, the
JOT A stations and the thousands of
amateurs who made use of it this
time were grateful for the effort
made by Aussat staff in allowing
them to be a part of this small piece
of communications history.
~
PERFOR
C
Reliable Test Instruments for the Electronics Enthusiast
Pocket Size
Robust Handhelds
LCR Meter
EDM-70H
• 3½ digits LCD • 6
functions • DC V • AC V
DC A • Ohms
• Transistor Test • Diode
Check
$59
I~~~
V
A
n
-+1-c
EDM-728
• 3½ digits LCD • 8
functions • DC V • AC V
• DC A • AC A • Ohms
• Diode Check • Buzzer
••l)
$82 I~~~
lll
EDM-1111A
EDM-1105A
•
•
•
•
•
3½ digits LCD • 7 functions
0.8% Basic Accuracy • DC V
AC V • DC A • AC A
Ohms • Transistor Test
Diode Check • Buzzer
$96
~1~
1
DIVISION OF EHONA ENTERPRISES PTY LTD
•
•
•
•
•
•
3½ digits LCD • 9 functions
0.8% Basic Accuracy • DC V
AC V • DC A • AC A
Ohms • Transister Test
Diode Check • Buzzer
CAPACITANCE
$113
ELC-120
• 3 ½ digits LCD • 1% Basic
Accuracy • C: 200pF to 200uF
(0.1 pF) • L: 2mH to 200H (1 uH)
• 20Mo (0.010)
~1~
1
$243
SALES SHOWROOM
86 Parramatta Road Phone (02) 519 3933
Camperdown 2050
FAX (02) 550 1378
~1~
1
,
INTERSTATE DISTRIBUTORS
VIC
OLD
WA
Radio Parts Group, Melbourne. Phone 329 7888
Baltec Systems, Brisbane. Phone 369 5900
Hinco Engineering, Perth . Phone 381 4477
ACT
SA
·rAS
Electronic Components, Fyshwick. Phone 47 3688
lnt'I Communications Systems, Port Adelaide. Phone 47 3688
George Harvey Electronics, Hobart. Phone 34 2233
DECEMBER1987
43
Own An lnphone
And Your Neighbours Wil
Be Green With Envy
/4 ·
Here's Why
/i
No
Installation
Costs
Simply Plugs
Into Your
Phone Socket .
•
lnphone Is
Great Around The
//
Its Completely Mobile The Go Anywhere Cordless In phone
Factory or Building
Site
is not tied to the wall with wires - you simply take it where
you want. Never again need you spend half the night
crouched around the kitchen bench or draughty
hallway with those long winded calls.
•
Use It B_y
The Fireside rn Your
Favourite Chair
•
Super Handy
When Sunbakmg
By The Pool
INPHONE is quite simply the finest cordless phone
available . No other cordless phone has the quality,
security and the features at any where near an
affordable price of INPHONE.
AT HOME you can keep in touch around the
swimming pool. (Please note the equipment
is not waterproof) . In the garden . Under the
car. While watching T.V. In the bathroom.
In Bed. Or next door when you're playing
cards or having a Barbecue with your
Microphone
neighbours.
IN BUSINESS a busy executi ve can take the
INPHONE around the factory, warehouse,
showroom, sales yard or construction site
or into the car park, and not miss a
deal ! Also INPHONE is ideal for
use in restaurants.
IN SPORT on the field or track ,
the gym, around the swimming
pool, Lifesavers on the
beach etc .
Comprehensive 6 months
. Warranty
r, ,ant
Performe
PHOn
:rilon
FANTASTIC
CHR
MAS PRESENT
Normally Great Value At $269
Exclusive Offer To Readers Of Silicon Chip Magazine
This Month
$199 -
But You Must Mention This Advert ·
When Ordering
We Regret This Special Offer May Not Be
Available From Altronics Dealers
Superb Eleco Wireless Microphone System
uses Du
· ersit_y R~ceivers for Lo
ange,
Now Available
In Australia For
Less Than
$1,000
Altronics proudly release the Eleco
System - Used Worldwide by Entertainers
i.e. Rolling Stones, Dire Straites,
Tina Turner and 1000's more!
Superb
'-"•=•ophOnP .
HPprudu ho
c_1n 1 pflre1
llll'I'
w It"
ill'yrr
·,nrl AKG
',41
,· "0
E
Ch
Breathtaking performance without signal drop-out or noise interference. The Eleco Wireless Microphone System
is virtually the ultimate in an Entertainers Microphone system (or for any roving microphone application for that
matter!)
All the annoying wireless microphone characteristics such as " drop out" , static and noise are completely
eliminated by use of auto switching dual diversity receivers. The output of each receiver is continually monitored .
with the strongest and clearest signal always selected. Dynamic Range exceeding 100 db is obtained by
employment of a Patented special Parabola level compressor and Dynamic expander.
The operating range Is a minimum of 50 metres (often this can be extended to 200 metres and more in normal
circumstances).
Several Frequencies are available to aleviate cross interference when two .or more systems are used in proximity.
An't'n'"l,1
Brief Specifications Frequency 202.1 , 202.9, 203 .7 MHz (Please specify if you have a preference)
Mlc Carrier Power 50mW (Max) Mlc Antenna built-in Dynamic Range over 100db S/N Ratio better than 90db Frequency Response 20Hz to 16KHz + or. 3db
Mlc Battery 4 x AA cells Battery Life over 24 hours continuous operation . Receiver Sensitivity 12db/ micro volt for60db S/ N ratio Pre emphasis/De emphasis sous.
Receiver output unbalanced 6.3mm phone jack and balanced 3 pin cannon type . Output Level (adjustable) Unbalanced 0-2.5V Balanced O t6 + or - .3V into
600 ohms. Receiver Power Supply 200 - 260VAC.
(A)
(B)
(C)
Dual Diversity Receiver $729.00
Entertainment Microphone (hand held type)
Lavalier Type Microphone $349.00
$349.00
Please Note 3 different operating frequencies are available (you will need to
specifically nominate desired frequency only if the equipment is being used in
proxim;ty with other Eleco Systems on the 200MHz band.
C 0111
C 0113
C0115
C 0121
C 0123
C 0125
C 0131
C 0133
C 0135
202.1MHz
202.9MHz
203.7MHz
202.1MHz
202.9MHz
203,7MHz
202.1MHz
202.9MHz
203.7MHz
Dual Diversity Receiver
Dual Diversity Receiver
Dual Diversity Receiver
Entertainment Microphone
Entertainment Microphone
Entertainment Microphone
Lavalier Microphone
Lavalier Microphone
Lavalier Microphone
$729
$729
$729
$349
$349
$349
$349
$349
$349
lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
ea nerprool Extension
Weather Proof Speakers
n
System
• Rugged extruded aluminium construction • Superb
powdercoat industrial paint finish • Engineered in
Australia • Excellent reproduction • Superior to imports
- Yet just a fraction of the price!
Altronics proudly announce the release of
the superb Redford Weatherproof Speaker
and Sound Column Range. Imagine a wide
range speaker system which is highly
directional and with efficiency approaching that of reflex horns!
Redford is the solution for high quality
sound reproduction outdoors. The Five
Models to choose from "Fill the Bil l" from
applications on boats to high grade paging
and music entertainment installations.
RUGGED EXTRUDED
CONSTRUCTION
These vibration free enclosures are
constructed from die extruded heavy
gauge aluminium and finished with
incredibly durable industrial powdercoat
enamel. The speaker ends are sealed via
gaskets and tough moulded " LU RAN S" UV
(esistant end caps. The end result is " Good
Looks" together with assured rugged
durability for the Australian environment.
kcrs For Your Steri'o
Great For The Back
Patio,Swimming
Pool, Games Room,
Den, Pool Room Etc.
Dimensions 260mm wide
x 170mm high x 150mm D.
(Mounting brackets are
Included)
Single dual doped cone driver 16 ohm impedance is employed to give a generally
correct volume balance with main speakers - an added bonus is your amplifier load is
kept to respectable limits!! Great for back patio, Den , Boat Deck etc .
C 0938
C 0940
White
Black
$99ea
$99ea
$190 per Pair
$190 per Pair
Use 2 special dual doped cone drivers for those wanting a bit more umph!
C 0943
C 0944
Black
White
$139ea
$139ea
$260 per pair
$260 per pair
EXCELLENT REPORDUCTION
The drivers have been chosen for wide
range.low distortion, mid range " presence"
(essential for high grade vocal work) and
high efficiency in general. Power Capacity
for short term use, the drivers will safely
handle 150% of rated power. Acoustic
wadding is used to dampen Bass
resonance. Weather Proof Construction
and use of "Doped Cones" Foam plastic
and cloth is sandwiched between Baffle
and Front Grill to prevent water ingress. A
first for Redlon/ is the use of a patented
cone moisture repellant process for all
models.
, Using
. a " Daped" . w,"d e range d.
. gram
· onented
·
nvers an di"Itte d with
steel line transformer
Output cable allows connection to 10W/ 5W/ 2.5W with 10 watt models 20W/ 10W/ 5W
with 20 watt models and 40W/ 20W/ 10W with the 40 watt versions.
'
C 0941 10W/100V line Black $119ea $220 per pair
C 0942 10W/100V line White $119ea $220 per pair
C 0945 20W/100V line Black $169ea $299 per pair
C 0946 20W/100V line White $169ea $299 per pair
C 0950 40W/100V line Black $225ea $399 per pair
C 0955 40W/100V line White $225ea $399 per pair
I
½
Build the
Speedi-Watt
This multi-purpose circuit can be used
as a speed control for electric drills or
fans, as a power controller for electric
blankets or soldering irons, or as a table
lamp dimmer.
By LEO SIMPSON
If you have a look around your
home you will probably find a
number of appliances which would
benefit from a speed or power controller. We've listed a few above
but we are sure that there are other
equally useful applications for an
economical circuit such as the one
presented here. It is cheap, compact and, best of all, there is very
little work in assembling it. As a
bonus, it incorporates components
for suppression of electromagnetic
interference.
We're talking about a partially
assembled printed circuit module
which is presently available from
Jaycar Electronics stores at the low
price of $9.95. You will need to add
a knob , a mains cord, plug, socket
and a suitable case. That's all there
is to it.
We'll show you how to complete
the module and assemble it into a
case. The whole thing should go
together in about an hour.
The resulting universal dimmer
and speed control is suitable for
lamps, fans or universal motor
loads up to 500 wa tts or 2 amps at
240V AC. By universal motors, we
mean AC motors with brushes such
as used in electric drills, food mixers and sewing machines.
The circuit module looks like this
when the pot and three brass
terminals are fitted.
Ci~cuit details
The circuit of the module is
shown in Fig, 1. It is essentially a
bog-standard light dimmer circuit
using a phase-controlled Triac as
the power control element.
For those who have not come
across a Triac before, it is a high
power switching device developed
by General Electric about 24 years
ago. It is similar in function to a
silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) or
thyristor.
In effect, an SCR is a bipolar
switch which can operate on alternating currents up to 400Hz. Like a
silicon controlled rectifier, it is nonconducting until it receives a trigger voltage between its gate and Al
electrode. When that happens it
switches into conduction and remains that way until the voltage
reverses in polarity or the current
dies away to zero.
The difference between a Triac
and an SCR is that whereas an SCR
will only work with one voltage
We mounted our module in this neat
plastic case to make a handy speed
control. The mains cords are anchored
with cord-grip grommets .
46
SILICON CI-IIP
'Problems?
TRIAC
AC03F A2
... and you
don't have our
112 page
catalogue ...
R1
1k
C4
.01
250VAC
VR2
2M
C3
.033
250VAC
N--------------------------+--~
SPEEDI-WATT UNIVERSAL DIMMER
101-1287
Fig.1: the circuit is a standard light dimmer with components for RFI
suppression and a snubber network included.
polarity, the Triac will work with
hoth. It can conduct on both halfcycles of an alternating current
waveform. It can be made to control
the AC power fed to a load merely
by being made to conduct early or
late in each successive AC halfcycle.
Such a method of power control
is referred to as "phase control"
because the timing of the gate trigger pulses is varied with respect to
the phase of the AC waveform.
The device used to generate the
trigger pulses is the Diac, also
developed by General Electric at
the same time as the Triac. A Diac
is referred to as a breakover diode
because it is non-conducting at all
voltages up to its breakover point.
When the breakover point is reached, it "breaks down" to the conducting state. It remains in this state
until the voltage reverses in polari-
<at>
ty or the current dies away to zero.
The Diac is used in conjunction
with a capacitor to deliver a pulse
of current to the gate of a Triac.
Now look at the complete circuit
of Fig. 1 which looks quite different
from conventional transistor circuits. Note that it all works at
240V AC mains potential. In other
words, the whole thing is potentially lethal if you touch any part of it
while it is working. Don't worry,
though - when it is correctly
assembled it is completely safe, just
like any commercial dimmer (which
is exactly what it is).
The Active lead connects to a
single-pole switch and then to a
2.2k0 resistor which feeds two
potentiometers which are both
wired as variable resistors in
parallel. VRl , the 500k0 pot, is the
dimmer control. It feeds current to
Cl, a 0.047/.lF 400V capacitor, and
<at>
you've got
real
problems!
ARISTA ... your one-stop
problem solver. Audio leads
... Batteries ... Chargers ...
Battery holders ... Cables
... Car accessories ...
CD accessories ... Converters
... "Cutec" ... Earphones .. .
Fuses ... Headphones .. .
Intercoms ... Knobs .. .
Microphones and accessories
... Mixers ... Multimeters ...
Plugs/Sockets, etc ... Plug
adaptors ... Power packs and
leads ... PA ... Disc and Tape
care ... Security equipment ...
Signal modifiers ... Solderless
terminals ... Storage boxes ...
Switches ... Telephone and
TV accessories ... Tools and
Technical aids .. .
Video accessories ... Wiring
accessories ... You name it
and we're bound to have it
... Try us ... NOW!
Get your catalogue ... it'II solve a
whole lot of your problems!
Just send $2 + 50c p&h and
your return address to:
<at>
ARISTI\.
ELECTRONICS PTY LTD
Fig.2: wiring the Speedi-Watt is no problem at all. Just fit the mains cord and
terminate the active, neutral and earth wires.
PO BOX 191, LIOCOMBE, NSW 2141
DECEMBER1987
47
,:.a'...case for a
Universal
Haatslnk
Here's a
good pro
We've had these superb cases made
especially for our new Economy Stereo Amp
Kit (aee below). But they're SO good we
thought we'd stock them as a normal line as
well. Cad plated steel case with pre-puched
front and rear panels (suits anythlngl), cover
la grey crinkle finish, pre-slotted for heat
dlaslpatlon. Magnlllcentl
Size 370 X 70 X 135mm
Cat H-2900
Universal hole pattern
allows the mounting of
virtually all 'power' type
semiconductors. Ribbed
walls and black anodised
finish for maximum
elflcleny. Cat H-3401
s349&
l(k£l
Bulld an amDllfler:
aconomlcalfy!
Here's a great first "big" project. When
you've finished mucking around, build a~
ampllflerl Ifs not too difficult - our new
Economy AmpHller Kit makes It a clnchl Kit Is
"short form" - does not Include case
(H-1900) or transformer (M-6672). Over SW
per channel at <0.05% distortion, CD, tuner,
disc and aux·1nput_!.~!._
s140
100W HF linear Ampllflar
Designed for our HF Transceiver (K-6330) but
also perfect for use with a huge range of QRP
commercial gear, In the range of 3 to 15
watts output. Gives around 10 to 14dB gain
so upto 100Woutput •
could be obtained from
a very modest Input.
Cat K-6331
.
..
s349
Radio Direction Finder
Dick Smith's own FunWay
Into Electronics
Here's great value: the FunWay One Gift Box.
All the components needed to build any of
the projects In FunWay One ... and the book la
Included tool Cat K ~ 2 8 0 5
•2&•
i . .-,·. '' ·'
1/_··
ftNIWay Ona Pro)act Packs
Two project packs to allow you to build any of
the kits. Project Pack One allows you to build
any of the first ten, Project Peck Two gives
you the additional components to build any
'of the 20 kits (needs Peck One tool)
l
Incredibly reliable - yet very
simple to build. The complete
amplifier on one pcb - all you do
la add a heatslnk, connect to
power ... and gol Cat K-3440
· FunWay
One:
Project
Pack One.
Cat K-2800
•2295
1995
FunWay'lwo
Ready for something more
advanced? FunWay Two has
another twenty projects to
build - all on modern
printed circuit boards.
And we even teach you how
to solder! cat K-2820
Over thirty great projects to build from all
three FunWay books. And the books are
lncludedl Over $120 worth of goodies
crammed Into this value-packed box.
CatK-2890
CALL DSXpress TOLL FREE ON
(008)22 6610
For 24 hour despatch
SYDNEY (02) AREA 888 2105
PTY LTD
This is what it looks like when it's finished. The all-plastic construction
ensures complete safety.
to a second charging network consisting of a lOkO resistor and C2, a
0.047µF capacitor.
When the voltage across C2 rises
above about 30 volts (either polarity), the Diac breaks over and
delivers a trigger pulse to the gate
of the Triac. This causes the Triac
to turn on and apply the full mains
voltage to the load.
Varying the setting of VRl alters
the timing of the trigger pulses fed
to the Triac and so alters the power
level fed to the load.
Rl and C3 form a snubber network across the Triac to protect it
from back-EMF voltages generated
by inductive loads each time the
Triac turns off.
11, a 50µH choke, and C4, a
O.OlµF 250VAC capacitor, form the
interference suppression filter.
These are essential components
which are often not incorporated in
domestic light dimmers.
Wiring it up
As supplied, the kit comes in a
plastic bag with most of the components already installed and
soldered onto the printed circuit
board which measures 45 x 50mm.
What you have to do is install the
switchpot and the three brass terminals for the Active and Load
wires.
There are two Active input terminals, giving you the option of having the circuit switched or unswitched. Strictly speaking that means
you only need two of the three brass
terminals but we soldered all three
in anyhow.
Having soldered in the pot and
PARTS LIST
1 universal dimmer module
available from Jaycar
'
Electronics
1 plastic utility box, with plastic
lid, 130 x 68 x 43mm
(Jaycar HB-6013 or
equivalent)
1 knob
1 3-pin mains plug
1 3-pin mains line socket
1 metre of 3-core mains flex
2 cord-grip grommets
1 two-way insulated terminal
block
Miscellaneous
Solder, superglue.
terminals, you need to mount the
whole assembly in a plastic case.
We used a standard plastic utility
case measuring 130 x 68 x 43mm
(Jaycar Cat. No HB-6013). We fitted
a 3-pin line socket to a short length
of three-c.ore mains flex and a
three-pin plug to another length of
three-core flex. Both these flexes
had the insulation stripped back at
one end and then they were fed into
opposite ends of the plastic case
and anchored with cord-grip
grommets.
We then connected up the dimmer as shown in the wiring
diagram, Fig.2. Note the two-way
insulated terminal block used to terminate the earth and the neutral
wires from the two mains flexes.
The terminal block should not be
anchored to the case but secured
with a dab of Selleys Superglue.
The idea is to avoid having any
exposed metal work. Even the shaft
and bush of the switchpot is made
of nylon so that, by using a plastic
case, the whole construction can be
completely insulating and therefore
safe.
When you have completed the
wiring, switch your multimeter to a
low ohms range and check the continuity of the earth and neutral
wires from the plug to the line
socket. Check also that there is no
resistance between Active, Neutral
and Earth for both the line socket
and plug.
Now connect a table lamp and
plug the dimmer into the mains. You
should be able to smoothy control
the lamp brightness over its whole
range.
With that accomplished, you can,
if you wish, set the minimum
brightness of the lamp by adjusting
trimpot VR2. This is a trial and error process though and you should
not make any adjustment to the circuit while the mains voltage is
applied.
~
.1.~~.r..1;ia:.i;:
RCS Radio Pty Ltd is the only company which
manufactures and sells every PCB & front panel
pu.b lished in SILICON CHIP, ETI and EA.
651 Forest Road, Bexley, NSW 2207
Phone (02) 587 3491 for instant prices
4-HOUR TURNAROUND SERVICE
DECEMBER1987
49
BUILD AN
AT-COlVIPXI'IHLE
COlVIP
R
There's never been a better time to build your own
IBM AT-compatible computer. Dick Smith Electronics
now have a deluxe kit available with lots of options.
By GREG SWAIN
The DSE AT-compatible with Wordstar up and running on the screen. The
monitor is Multitech's high resolution model.
50
SILICON CHIP
A lot has happened to the PCcompatible market in the last few
years. Take a look in just about any
electronics or computer magazine
these days and you'll see adverts
for all sorts of computer hardware,
a lot of it of Taiwanese manufacture and at prices undreamt of a
few years ago.
In addition to buying readyassembled hardware, you can now
also buy literally dozens of PCcompatible motherboards and a
host of plug-ins and peripherals
ranging from floppy disc and hard
disc drives to controller cards,
power supplies, enhanced graphics
adapter cards, and input/output
(1/0) cards.
The AT-compatible described in
this article was assembled from
boards and other hardware supplied by Dick Smith Electronics. As
you'll see , the machine goes
together quickly and easily at a
very competitive price.
Why should you assemble your
own computer instead of buying a
complete unit? There are several
good reasons. First, you will learn a
lot about computer hardware and
how the computer is configured. Second, you can build the computer to
match your requirements and your
budget. And third, you will know
how to expand and upgrade your
system if the need arises later on.
But perhaps the main incentive
for assembling your own PC/AT
{
J
"...,;., /
t
t
J
I. i
J_
_f
i
l
I
l
I
I
l
I
i
./
!
I
l
I
J
I
.
!'
f' !
l
l
lI
/I
!
r r r
r I
! l
JI ! I I~
(
iillLU
Everything you need to assemble an AT-compatible computer system. Clockwise from top: keyboard, case (with hinged
lid), hard/floppy disc controller card, EGA card, 1/0 card, 20Mb hard disc drive, 1.2Mb floppy disc drive, power
supply, motherboard (centre).
compatible computer is that you
can save lots of dollars. And by buying from a large organisation like
Dick Smith Electronics, you can rest
easy in the knowledge that if you
get into trouble or need service in
the future, it will be available.
To get an idea of the ease of
assembly of such a system, we
decided to have a look at the system
now being marketed by Dick Smith
Electronics. We found the whole
process an interesting one and on
the whole quite straightforward
although there were a number of
hurdles to jump over before the unit
would burst into song. Having read
our account, any aspiring builder is
sure to find the going much easier.
The parts needed
Before starting assembly, you
have to decide how the computer is
to be configured. There are quite a
few options. For example, you can
choose a minimum system configuration with just one 1.2Mb floppy disc drive, or you can specify
two floppies or a mixture of floppy
and hard disc drives.
After that, you have to decide
which disc controller board you require. You can also choose between
two keyboards (either an 84-key
unit or a 101-key unit) and four different I/O cards. Table 1 lists the
various items you need to consider.
Finally, there are a few basic
items about which you have no
choice. These include the motherboard, a 200W switchmode power
supply and a case.
In this article we '11 describe the
assembly process for a system
equipped with 512K of on-board
RAM, one 1.2MB floppy disc drive.
one 20Mb hard disc drive. a
hard/floppy disc controller card, an
EGA (Enhanced Graphics Adapter)
card. and a serial/parallel 1/0 card.
And, once the system is assembled,
we'll show you how to configure it
so that it boots up to the DOS prompt from the hard disc.
Note, however, that other
systems can be just as easily installed, with only minor variations in the
assembly process. It's simply a matter of following the manuals supplied with the hardware.
The motherboard
The X1000 "Baby" AT Motherboard is literally the heart of the
computer and is supplied completely preassembled. It features an
80286 microprocessor and can run
at 6, 8, 10 or 12MHz (switch and
software selectable). It also has
eight 1/0 slots, hardware reset and
keyboard lock connectors, a
battery-backed CMOS memory to
maintain system configuration, a
real time clock and calendar. and
provision for up to 1024K (1
0ECE/IIHE!l -i987
51
TABLE 1 : PARTS LIST
Baby AT Motherboard .... .. ...... ........ .... .... .. ..... .$995
200W Power Supply .... ... .... ..... ..... ... ...... ..... ... $275
The 200W power supply features numerous power
connectors for the motherboard and disc drives.
megabyte) of on-board RAM.
The necessary BIOS ROM chips
are also supplied with the motherboard, plugged into the appropriate
sockets. BIOS stands for Basic Input/Output System and is used to
provide any special 1/0 routines for
discs, terminals, printers and so on.
Before mounting the motherboard in the case, you first have to
install the RAM chips. These are
plugged into four rows of nine
sockets on the motherboard - Row
0, Row 1, Row 2 and Row 3. A
minimum of 256K and a maximum
of 1024K may be installed on the
motherboard.
Be sure to use 120ns (or faster)
RAM chips, as slow speed RAM
can cause the computer to intermittently lock up (lO0ns is faster,
150ns is slower). Both 64K 4164
chips and 256K 41256 chips can be
used, depending on the amount of
memory you wish to install.
If, you are installing 512K of onboard RAM , you will need 18 41256
RAM chips. These are plugged into
rows 0 and 1, with the other two
rows left empty. Other system
memory configurations are clearly
detailed in the assembly manual
supplied with the motherboard.
Note that the 640K memory size
requires a mixture of 256K 41256
chips and 64K 4164 chips. The
41256 devices are plugged into the
first two rows (rows 0 and 1), while
52
SILICON CHIP
Baby AT Case .... .... .. .. ....... .................... .... .... $175
Disc Controller:
Floppy Controller .............. ...... ....... .......... ......$1 2 9
Hard/Floppy Controller .. .... .......... .. .... ... .. .. ... ... $399
Disc Drives:
1 .2Mb Floppy Drive .......... ........ ..... ..... .. ... .. .... $269
20Mb Hard Disc Drive .. ... ............ ... .. ......... ... .. $795
Display Adpater:
CGA/Parallel Printer Card ..... ..... ... ..... ............. .$129
MGA/Parallel Printer Card (MGA) ... ..... .... ... ...... $149
EGA Card with Hercules Compatibility ..... ... ....... $399
Serial/Parallel/Game Card .. ......... ...... .... ... ....... $139
Keyboards :
84-Key Type .... .... .. ... ... ...... ..... ...... ... .. .. ........ $129
101 Key-Type with Numeric Keypad ... ....... .... .. $149
Note: on-board RAM for the Motherboard is an extra
cost item.
the 4164s are plugged into rows 2
and 3. Don't mix 41256s and 4164s
on the same row.
Leave the ICs in their conductive
foam until you are ready to install
them in the motherboard. You will
find that you will have to bend the
leads of the chips in slightly so that
they fit the sockets. This can be
done by pressing the leads against
a flat surface.
Try to avoid touching the leads of
the ICs, since they are easily
destroyed by static electricity.
When installing the devices, make
sure that the notched end is
towards the rear of the motherboard.
Next, you will have to set switches S3 and S4 on DIP switch block
SWl to match the memory size. In
our case, we set S3 to OFF and S4
to ON to correspond to a memory
size of 512K. S1 is not used and
should remain in the off position.
S2 selects the the primary
display adapter. Set the switch to
OFF to select a Monochrome
Display Adapter (MDA), and to ON
to select a Colour Graphics Adapter
(CGA) or a Professional Graphics
Controller (PGC). S2 can be in either
position if an Enhanced Graphics
Adapter [EGA) is to be installed
[unless a second type of display
adpter is also installed).
The next step is to check jumper
JP4 which is adjacent to the BIOS
Close up view of switch block SW1 on
the motherboard. Be sure to set the
switches to match your system.
ROMs. This jumper is installed in
the factory to suit the BIOS ROMs
supplied and should be across pins
2 and 3 (ie, across the two pins
nearest the front of the board.
Motherboard installation
Before installing any of the hardware, you first have to remove the
disc cage from the case. To do this,
undo the two screws at the top,
then slide the cage back until the
metal tongues on the bottom are
disengaged. The cage can then be
removed from the chassis.
Next, mount the speaker on the
left-hand front of the chassis - it is
held in place by the metal tongues.
You are now ready to install the
motherboard.
To do this, first screw the three
metal standoffs to the base of the
chassis. This done, push the plastic
standoffs supplied into the ap-
,
KEYBOARD
SOCKET
7
EXPANSION
SLOTS
ROM
BIOS ___,_____
RAM
BANKS
ROW 0
Power supply installation
The power supply is next. First,
remove and set aside the four
screws on the back of the supply
(the side with the power connectors}. Next, position the supply in
the case where the disc cage normally sits, and locate the two sets of
wires with the 6-pin connectors.
Plug the 6-pin connector with the
orange lead into the rear six pins of
the power connector (J18) on the
motherboard. The other 6-pin connector plugs into the front six pins
of the J18 connector. Don't
transpose these two connectors you will almost certainly damage
the motherboard if you do.
With the connectors plugged into
the motherboard, the power supply
can now be permanently installed
in the chassis. It should slide back
against the rear panel, with the
power switch on the right. Fasten it
with the four screws previously
removed.
EGA and 1/0 cards
ROW 1
ROW 2
ROW 3
SP£AJCBI
COIIMECTllllll
SW1
The XlO00 Baby-AT motherboard comes complete with BIOS ROM installed.
Don't forget to remove the cardboard from the backup battery terminal.
propriate mounting holes on the
motherboard (don't use the holes
that match the metal standoffs). Install the motherboard by sliding it
from the left of the case until the
standoffs engage the matching slots
on the base, and secure by installing the screws in the metal
standoffs.
Finally, connect the leads from
the various switches and LEDs on
the front panel to the appropriate
connectors (JP1, J15 , J21 and J22) on
the motherboard. Follow the
manual closely here and you cannot
go wrong.
A point to note here concerning
the speed indicator LEDs. As supplied, the machine comes with two
orange LEDs and these show the
two higher speeds; ie, 10MHz and
12MHz. If you turn it on with the
Turbo switch in the Off setting, the
machine will boot at 8MHz and
both indicator LEDs will be off.
You can then change the
operating speed while a program is
in progress by holding down the
Ctrl and Alt keys together and then
pressing the "+" key. Doing this
repeatedly changes the speed in the
following order: 8MHz, 6MHz,
12MHz, 10MHz, 8MHz, 6MHz and
so on.
If you turn the machine on with
the Turbo switch in the On position,
it will boot up at 6MHz.
Note: some programs will lock up
if you attempt to change speeds
while they are running and other
software which is copy protected
will only run at 6MHz.
The X2012 1/0 card and the
X2013 EGA (enhanced graphics
adapter) card are plugged into the
expansion slots of the motherboard.
But first there are a few things to
check.
We'll start with the 1/0 card.
This offers a variety of 1/0 functions including up to two RS-232C
serial interface ports, a Centronics
parallel printer port, and a games
adapter port. Unless you are using
other devices wiih 1/0 ports, the
factory default settings on this
board are the ones to use.
Supplied with 1/0 card is an interface cable for the primary serial
port (DB9P to DB25P) and a bracket
for the secondary serial port connector and games port connector.
The games adapter port is supplied
as standard while the secondary
serial port connector is optional.
Before plugging in the 1/0 card,
you should first check the settings
of two DIP switches - SW1 and
SWZ. The correct settings are
clearly illustrated in the manual
supplied with the card.
It doesn't particularly matter
which expansion slot you plug the
1/0 card into (we chose the slot
nearest the left-hand side of the
case). Use the self-tapping screws
DECEMBER1987
53
-
PRICED FOR HOME, BUILT FOR WORK!
Bargain B & W Monitor
'D
! ,
\l
=
Makes Working E a s ~ e r !
Check it out for value! 12" B & W
TTL Monitor with anti-glare
screen, pan/tilt base and front
mounted controls. Exceptional
value and quality! Cat X-2400
s249
-
Quality monitor swivel bases.
Two great models to choose
from. Both feature robust
~r.1-\lt\
II\
construction, 360 degree
horizontal.movement and 25
degree vertical adjustment.
Save $50!1
Green or Amber composite
monitors at this great low price!
Both feature anti-glare screen,
wide video bandwidth for
clearer sharper picture. 30cm
screen size with front mounted
controls!
WAS
COMPLETE
WITH
MONITOR!
The
Acer 500+
By Multltech
S:o4: $ 199
II
256K RAM, single floppy disk drive, MS .DOS (version 3.2)
software and monitor! Cat X-8050
System3
Amazing 640K RAM, single floppy disk drive PLUS 20Mb Hard Drive and MS.DOS (version
3.2) plus monitor! Cat X-8052
Magic Modem!
The Bit Blitzer 12E, the best thing to happen to
modems in years! With selectable full duplex 1200/
1200 or 300/300 baud, auto answer/dial/
disconnect, Telecom authorised, quality
construction. Hayes AT command set compatibility,
fully keyboard controllable. cat X-3306
Also available Bit Blltzer 123E, same as above plus 1200/75 Viatel
operation. Cat X-3307
en Blitzer Buyer's Bargain Bonus!
DS/DD Cat X-3501 Box Of 10
Order by phone: 24 hour
._.11. . . . PP'E.S'S despatcll through DSX ress.
n
Call TOLL FREE (008)2 6610
(Sydney Area, call 888 2105)
$1895
s499
s1295
s1295
Rs~32 Breakout Box.
(0
1
s27so
Just what you need for se'rial
applications like modems, etc!
Anywhere connections need
constant changing! 0625
male to female with pin 1
permanently wired . The
WAS
others are open with wire
links supplied. Cat X-3568
II
I
SAVE UP TO S29.95 - THIS MONTH ONLY!
Pack0110
The Male/Male Gender Bender is really kinky! It does just what the
female one does only differently! Save 20% now! Cat X-3565
s5995
·
Almost ½ Price!
$17.50
NOWs9
The Parallel Switch Box will
~
save you heaps! Lets you run
i computers
one printer from two
or even two
s499
Budget Beaters!
Our new Budget DS/DD SW'
Diskettes! Look at the fantastic
low price! Cat X-3521
Letter Quallty or Lightning Fast!
Printer Switching
Buy a Bit Blitzer this month, and we'll throw in the serial cable ... FREE!
That's right: your choice of either 25/25 pin "D" cable (X-3564) or 25/9 pin "D" cable
(X- 8007).
~
SS/OD Cat X-3500 Box Of 10
$2495
$2695
Save S3!!
System2
s1295
Hard Drive! s1995
Don't pay more! DSE quality
5¼" Diskettes are so good - we
use 'em! In hard plastic storage
box they make good sense.
Female/Female! Adapts male Serial cables without rewiring or
resoldering! Simply plug it in. Twin female 0825 sockets with all
wired pin to pin! Cat X-3566
Complete!
With 256K RAM, twin floppy disk drives, MS .DOS (version 3.2), serial and parallel ports
and monitor! Cat X-8051
ONLY
Cat X-1191
Disk Savers
20% Off· Gender Bender!
sg95
System 1
Deluxe Base
With anti-skid feet! Takes 22cm With front mounted locking
to 35cm screens. Cat X-1190
knob. Lets you adjust
the angle without removing
the screen!
The best of both worlds! Fast 135cps Dot Matrix printer.
Choose between super speed or near letter quality. Ideal for
graphics, correspondence, invoicing ... anything! 101mm to
254mm paper widths and with inbuilt
tractor feed! Cat X-3225
Now there's an affordable computer system with all you need for work or playl The ACER
500+ comes with 256K or 640K RAM, single or twin floppy disk drives, optional 20Mb hard
drive, keyboard selectable 4.7718MHz clock speeds, 12 months warranty, MS.DOS
software and more!!
Budget Base!
. .
1
1 ·_ ..... -,,,
/ printers from one computer.
No more cable changing! Just
plug it in and It does the rest!
,...,.,,
•
95
~
l
s3995
1
Permanent RS232 Jumper
box! Just like the breakout
box except that the
connections are made
internally and soldered for
permanent connection. All 25
pins are open and wire links
supplied! Cat X-3569
Save Desk Space••
With the CPU Floor Mount
Stand you can mount your
CPU on its side - beside the
desk! Gives you back your
desk for working on. Great
'"" '"'""'
DICK~ SMITH
ELECTRONICS
PTY LTD
anta -ot ip?
PORTASOL won't let you down.
Pocket cap turns off burner
- just in case!
Inbuilt lighter
------
Controlled heat
- equiv. 10 to 60 watts!
Serviceman on the job? Hobbyist on the move? Technician
on the go?
When you need to solder away from power, this is what you want:
Portasol. The butane-powered refillable soldering iron with more power
than most mains irons!
It's far better than a re-chargeable. If it's "flat", it "recharges" in seconds with
standard lighter gas. And if it's not hot enough, simply wind the wick up. Try doing
that with a NiCad!
Perfect for all soldering applications - even those heavy jobs you'd normally want
a "big gun" for. Yet it's small enough to slip into the shirt pocket (and in case you
leave it on, the cap turns it off for you!)
Just think of the applications apart from electronics: Boat wiring and repairs. Auto
electrics. Builders/electricians. Antenna installers. And so many more.
Portasol: it's a breakthrough in soldering. Throw away your old ideas about
soldering. Get a Portasol and you'll get the difference. Cat T-1370
Spare tips
including
Catalytic
Heater
$1295
CatT-1371
$3 995 at ELECIRONICS
DICK<at>sMRH
PTY LTD
Available at all DSE stores ... or phone DSXpress
on (008) 22 6610 (Sydney 888 2105)
The X2008 hard/floppy disc controller plugs into one of the long expansion slots on the motherboard.
supplied to secure the connector
brackets to the rear panel.
The EGA card is next. Depending
on the type of display you intend to
use, you must set four switches on
the switch block located at one end
of the board (this is clearly spelt out
in the manual}. You can then plug
the EGA card into one of the expansion slots on the motherboard (we
chose slot three}.
34-way cable with lines 25-29 flipped goes to the the hard drive connector (J5}.
Assuming everything checks out,
clip the plastic card guides into
position on the metal bracket
behind the speaker, then install the
disc controller on the mother board.
As before, you must use one of the
long expansion slots.
Finally, plug the connector for
the Disc indicator LED into J6 (red
lead to pin 1, black to pin 2).
Disc controller card
The manual also shows JP5 and JP6
but, in practice, these don't exist at least not on our board.
The 34-way and 20-way connector cables for the disc drives can
now be plugged into the controller
card at locations J1, J3 and J5.
Check that the blue or red stripe on
each cable goes to pin 1 of its matching connector (ie, towards the
rear of the board}. Fit the 34-way
cable with lines 10-16 "flipped" to
the floppy disc connector (J1}; the
There are two disc controller
cards to choose from: either the
X2014 floppy disc controller card
or the X2008 hard/floppy disc controller. The floppy controller is considerably cheaper than the
hard/floppy controller ($129 vs.
$399), but the latter should be
specified if you intend installing a
20 megabyte hard disc drive.
Another reason for specifying the
hard/floppy controller board: if you
start out with just single or dual
floppy drives, you can easily add a
20Mb hard drive later on. But don't
be tempted to go for the more expensive controller if you're not likely to need it.
We'll describe the installation
procedure for the X2008 hard/floppy controller.
First, check that the default settings of the jumper connectors are
correct, as set out in the manual. In
particular, pins 2 and 3 of JP1 and
pins 1 and 2 of JP2 should be
shorted, while JP3 should be open.
This partly assembled machine includes the motherboard, hard/floppy disc
controller and power supply. The disc cage fits in the bottom corner.
56
SILICON CHIP
The X2012 1/0 card. Check the settings of SWl and
SW2 before plugging it into the motherboard.
The EGA card. Its switch block (top right hand corner) must
be set to suit the type of display you intend to use.
These two views show the locations of the plastic guides on the two disc
drives. Note that the tapered ends go towards the rear.
Disc drives
The hard disc and floppy disc
drives are both mounted in the disc
cage previously removed from the
c.a se. The hard disc is first. Locate
the drive select jumper (J6) at the
rear of the drive and make sure it's
set to D2. Be careful not to drop or
jar the drive - it's fragile.
Similarly, locate drive select
jumper Jl on the floppy drive. If
your drive is labelled DSO through
to D53 , set the jumper to DSl. If the
drive is la belled DS 1 through to
DS4 , then set it to DS2.
The next step is to screw the four
plastic guide rails to the sides of the
drives. This is where we struck our
first snag in the assembly. Figuring
out the correct locations for the
guides was a little tricky but we
eventually got it right after some
trial and error. To save you the
same hassle, the accompanying
photographs clearly show the locations of the guides.
The two disc drives simply slide
into the disc cage. The hard disc is
first and should be installed with
the diecast cover uppermost. Push
the drive all the way in, then install
the floppy drive. You will find that
the bottom lip of the floppy drive initially overlaps the hard disc drive
ever so slightly. A firm push is all
that's needed to overcome the
problem.
The disc cage can now be
carefully positioned in the chassis
and slid forward so that the metal
tongues engage the slots in the
baseplate. Check that the drives
mate correctly with the front panel
opening, then secure the cage with
the two self-tapping screws.
Finally, the various power supply
and disc controller connections can
be made to the two drives. Locate
the four-pin power connector from
the hard disc and plug it into one of
the polarised 4-pin power connectors from the power supply. A second 4-pin connector plugs into the
floppy drive, directly above the
hard disc supply leads.
The 20-way and 34-way cables
from the controller board plug
directly into edge connectors on the
DECF.M BER1987
57
back of the two drives. Install the
cables for the hard drive first, then
the cable for the floppy drive. Slots
cut into the edge connectors ensure
correct cable polarity.
Note: the 34-pin edge connectors
with the "flipped" sections are installed on the drives. The other
ends go to the controller card. The
middle connectors are used only if
two drives of the same type are
installed.
Powering up
Now for the big moment! Plug in
the monitor and keyboard, remove
the protective cardboard from the
floppy disc drive, and switch on.
After the BIOS logo appears, the
floppy drive LED should come on
briefly and the system should
display the message "Disc boot
failure, insert system disc and
press enter".
When that happens, all is well
and you can insert your DOS disc
and re-boot the computer. The
system will then ask you to enter
the date and time. Press ENTER
twice to bypass this procedure. You
should now have the DOS prompt A
on the screen.
If you run into problems here,
check the drive select jumper on the
floppy drive and the connections
between the drive and the controller card. It is normal for the
system to display an equipment configuration error message at this
stage.
This last problem is solved by
running the system SETUP program.
Details of the system setup are
stored in a battery-backed RAM
chip on the motherboard and are
accessed by pressing the CTRL, ALT
and ESC keys at the same time.
Select option A and update each
item as it appears. The program
will ask you to enter the date and
time, and will request information
on the disc drives fitted, the amount
of memory and the display adapter.
Note that the hard disc drive supplied is a type 2.
When you are satisfied that all
the information is correct, press E
to re-boot the computer. The system
should now return to the DOS prompt A, although there will be quite
a lengthy pause if you have
specified a hard disc in the SETUP
program.
58
SILICON CHIP
The two disc drives slide into the disc cage. Treat the hard disc drive
carefully and install it with its diecast section uppermost. A firm push will be
needed to lift the bottom lip of the floppy drive over the top of the hard drive.
Both keyboards feature click-action keys. The deluxe version (top) has a
separate cursor pad and the function keys are mounted along the top.
Actually, we struck another snag
at this point. Despite frequent reruns, the system displayed an
equipment configuration error ea ch
time we tried to re-boot from the
SETUP program. We solved the problem eventually when we realised
that we should have been specifying the special adapter option for
the primary display (because we
had the EGA card), and not the
monochrome option.
At this stage, you will be unable
to access the hard disc since it has
yet to be initialised. That's easily
fixed though.
Insert the DSPREP disc supplied
with the hard drive into drive A and
type DSPREP. Now type INSTALL and
press the ENTER key. After that, it's
simply a matter of following the instructions on the screen to initialise
the disc.
This procedure will take several
minutes. To begin with, the system
will count down as it initialises all
the cylinders on the hard disc,
beginning with cylinder 615 . Then,
when it reaches 0, it quickly counts
back in the other direction.
At the end of all this, the system
will display the following message:
Drive One is now low-level
initialised.
Strike a key when ready ...
Formatting the hard disc
You are now ready to partition
and format the hard disc. Insert
your DOS disc in Drive A, type FDISK
and press ENTER. Unless you have
software that requires a non DOS
formatted area on your hard disc,
you should use the entire disc as a
DOS partition.
As before, it's simply a matter of
following instructions on the
screen. When partitioning is complete, install DOS onto the hard disc
by typing FORMAT C:/S/V and then
pressing ENTER. After a few
minutes, the system will report on
the available disc space and you
will have a system that can be
booted from the hard disc.
All plugged in and ready to go. Stow the disc drive cables and power
connectors neatly so that they don't foul the disc drives or the lid of the case.
We want one
So what are our conclusions?
Well, we wanted one. Well, two actually. The click action keyboards
are nice to use, there's scads of
memory and it's blindingly fast.
" Speed thrills", they say and ain't
it the truth.
To someone used to working with
a standard IBM PC, the speed of
• PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
See Jemal for fast production of small to medium
quantities, single and double sided, plated through
holes , all finishes. Immediate computer quotes.
• INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANELS
Innovative approaches to improve your product
• MEMBRANE SWITCH PANELS
this AT-compatible machine is a
real eye-opener. It goes like a
rocket!
We teamed our machine with a
Multitech high-resolution
monochrome monitor and it proved
to be an ideal match. It is much
sharper than an ordinary
monochrome monitor . Again, we
wanted it. Now then, let's have
another look at those prices...
le
,_o -
0 0
11111111
0
°
=----~
11111111 ° ~
-------~
.. ( t , . ~
----
= ==
== =;
0
'--0 :;-::
-
-
-
-, T -
', .........
0
Simple concept, sophisticated
technology
• PRECISION METALWORK
9-inch racks , chassis and enclosures
• ASSEMBLY SERVICES
In-house services to complete the " one stop
shop"
TECHNOLOGIES
GENERAL OFFICE & MANUFACTURING FACILITY
5 FORGE STREET, WELSH POOL 6106, WESTERN AUSTRALIA
TELEPHONE (09) 350 5555 FAX (09) 458 6539 TELEX 95494
DECE/\!HEfl 1987
59
Save Up To 50% On Top Quality
D Series Connectors!
High Quality -
Fantastic Value
High Power Ratings
Virtually all the famous "Name lo"dspeaker makers now use Bexu ene or Polypropylene Cones
with their drivers. The advantages are considerable - less cone flexing or "break up", improved
bottom end response and reduced enclosure sizes.
One of the problems of course, has been the high cost of P-P drivers. Fortunately, with Altronlcs
direct Import prices, you can now be the owner of any of these fine speakers for a lracUon of what
you'd expect.
Note: the conservative power ratings, the massive magnets employed and
high order sensitivity specifications with these fine Drivers.
Brief Specifications (All 8 ohm Voice Coil Impedance)
./1( ( ,, •
C 3055
~~~~"'o~
P 3000
P 3010
P 3020
P 3030
P 3040
P 3050
P 3090
Male 9 Pin
Female 9 Pin
Male PCB RVL
Fmale PCB RVL
Male PCB mnt.
Fmale PCB mnt.
Backshell cover
2.95
3.25
3.75
4.50
2.95
3.95
1.95
1.95
1.60•
3.60
3.25
2.85
3.25
1.29
P 3100
r 3110
P 3120
p 3130
p 3140
P 3150
P 3190
Male 15 Pin
Fmale 15 Pin
Male PCB RVL
Fmale PCB RVL
Male PCB mnt.
Fmale PCB
Backshel l cover
3.25
3.85
4.35
5.50
3.85
4.85
2.20
2.50
1.90•
2.95
2.75•
1.90•
2.40•
1.10•
P 3200
P 3210
P 3220
P 3230
P 3240
P 3250
P 3290
Male 25 Pin
Fmale 25 Pin
Male PCB RVL
Fmale PCB RVL
Male PCB mnt.
Fmale PCB mnt.
Backshel l cover
4.95
5.50
4.95
6.90
4.95
6.25
2.20
2.45•
2.75•
3.95
3.45•
2.45•
3.10•
$24.50
C 3060
Frequency Response fo-3000Hz Reaonant
Frequency 36Hz Sensitivity (1 M/ 1Watt) 87db (+
6r -2db Voice Coll 25mm Nett Weight 900gm
Electromagnetic Q .48 Magnet 280 gm.
C 3065
$65.00
C 3070
Frequency Response fo-:3000Hz Resonant
Frequency 30Hz Sensitivity (1 M/1 Watt) 92db ( +
or-2db) Voice Coll 38mm Nett Weight 2650 gm
Electromagnetic Q .23 Magnet 836 gm.
$49.50
Frequency Reoponse Fo-3000Hz Resonant .
Frequency 33Hz Senslllvlly(M/ 1 Watt) 90db (+
or -2db) Voice Coll 38mm Nett Weight 2200 gm.
Electromagnetic Q .4 Magnet 836 gm.
$99.00
Frequency Response fo-2000Hz Resonant
Frequency 23Hz Sensitivity (1 M/ 1 Watt) 93db (+
or -2db) Voice Coll 38mm Nett Weight 3620 gm
Electromagnet Q .22 Magnet 1410 gm .
IllIllII Ill IIIIIllIllIllIIllIIIIIIIllllllIIIllIllIllII IllIllIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIlllIllIllIllIIllllllllIIIIIIIIIIIIII
The use of Super Heavy Duty Heatsinks as Rack Case sides now
allows a myriad of Amplifiers, Power Supplies, Battery Chargers
etc. to be built in an "Off the Shell" rack case.
Fantaallc for Stereo Ampllflers-Each Heatslnk will
accommodate an audio output stage of approximately 120W with
normal efficiency and dissipation.
A Great Chauls for Heavy Duty Power Supplies and Battery
Chargers. We suggest the mounting of Rectifier Bridge or diodes
on one Heatslnk and the R~gulator devices on the other.
Order With Either Black Or Natural Anodised Front Panels
1. J•
Black Anodised Front Panel
Natural Anodised Front Panel
r,
Specifications:
Heatslnks Altronics H 0590 Front Panel 3 unit Rack size 480mm x 132mm x 3mm Base 1.0mm steel, ventilation slots provided Top
Cover 1.0mm steel, ventilation slots provided Internal Dimensions 125 x 370 x 250mm External Dimensions 130 x 440 x 252mm plus
standard front panel Finish Black anodised aluminium plus powder coat black top/ base.
PROFESSIONAL
nass1s
Now your preamps, Amps, Control Modules Monitor
Panels etc. can look every bit as good as Technlcs
Nakamlchi and other top manufacturers.
at<er
8
Please Note: This
product is a genuine
Pan Brake Bender
allowing you to make
quite complex chassis
boxes, lids, trays etc. It is made from solid steel and is not
to be confused with inferior Non Pan
Brake simple benders currently sold
by our competitors.
Make Your own
Chassis and Cases
and Save a Fortune
Value Plus
T 2400 ......... $99.95
Bnl
FEATURES: These beautifully crafted rack cabinet boxes will give your
equipment a real 1st class appearance with removable top and bottom
cover panels • All dimensioning conforms to the International Standard
• Natural or Black finish • Ventilated lid • Deluxe finish front panel
• Individually cartoned• Supplied in Flat Pack Form - Easily assembled in
minutes - Side Elevation,:- D=254mm C (Internal Chassis Height) •
B (mounting Bolt Centres) .
SIX NATURAL AND BLACK FINISH MODELS - The Black or Natural
finish cabinets are each available in 44mm, 88mm or 132mm high models.
Mounting hole centres conform exactly to International Racking
Specifications both vertically and horizontally.
Cat. No.
H 0401
H 0402
H 0403
H 0411
H 0412
H 0413
Finish
Natural
Natural
Natural
Black
Black
Black
A
44
88
132
B
34
57
89
44
34
88
~32
57
89
C
38
82
126
38
82
126
Were
Now
$59.95
$69.95
$85.00
$59.95
$79.95
$89.95
$50
$62
$79
$52
$70
$80
18V at up to 600mA
under ideal sunlight
conditions, Intended
for 9harging 12 volt
systems such as Car,
Caravan and Boat
batteries etc.
Cal. A 0220
Was $119
Now $99
ester
For
lr:
lrcul
Bench Too
$17.50
" NO NEED
TO
UNSOLDER
SUSPECT
TRANSISTORS "
FEATURES:
• Output 3 to 30V at 1A
*
Short c i rc uit
protected • Load switching • Current limiting . Dual scale meter• Housed in o ur
Deluxe "ABS" instrument case .
SPECIFICATIONS:
* Output Voltage - 3 to 30 V * Output
Current - 0 to 1 amp (full y var iable) * Load
Regulation - Better than 0.2% from Ot o ful l
load • Output Ripple-Less than 2mV RM S.
Cat . K 3210
T
r'\
The readout consists of a bright 4-digit LED display and the full scale
readings for each range are 9999.SnF and 99 .99uF. No adjustments are
necessary when taking a reading. You simply connect the capacitor to the
test terminals and select the appropriate range . The circuit can accurately
measure capacitance down to one picofarad (1pF). This is made possible
by the internal nulling circuit which cancels any stray capacitance
between the test terminals or test leads. So when you measure a 5pF
capacitor, the unit will display 5pF.
1r1
Dead easy to bu ild and (even better ) there
ara o nly 3 electrical connections required
to the car wiring system .
K 4010 . . .. . ....
FEATURES:
• Tests both NPN and PNP transistors in
circuit at the touch of a switch • Tests
Diodes and SCRS as well • No need to
switc h between NPN and PNP-its
automatic. Two LED indicators are used to
show condition of device being tested .
Altronlca Kit Feature • " ABS " jiffy box and
test leads supplied . Cat. K 2530
539.50
This alarm drives off wouldbe thieves with
an ear splitting modulated tone. Once
activated it is near impossible to stay within
tt;e confines of the car.
Featurea: Entry Delay• Exit Delay• Alarm
Timer • Lamp Flasher• Three second soft
alarm reminder. Piezo siren produces
modulated tone of 110dbat 1 metre. Simple
to build and install. Two Sensor Input•
K 2522 . . . . ... ... ..... . . . .... . .... .. .....
$79.oo
This Ultras0nic Movement Detec_tor provides added protection against illegal entry via.
an open window etc . Connects directly to an alarm with a normalfy open input. Detects
an y movement up to 3 metres within an angle of 30 degrees. Will operate directly off 12V
i.e. Car Battery etc .
K 4400
$29.50
'$42.so
Sharpen• up your picture when Copying
Video to Video
Here's a Ilmple but effective video enhancer that is
super e11y to bulld at a fraction of the cost of
commerc ial mode ls. Unit sharpens picture detail,
and can _actually improve the quality of a copy by
amplyfyrng the top end of the video signal K 5825
174 Roe St. Perth W.A. 6000
Perth Metro & After Hours (09) 328 1599
P.O. Box 8350 Perth Mail Exchange W.A.6000
your order the day received and despatch via . Australia Post. Allow approx 7 days from
day you post order to when you receive goods. Weight limited 1 Kgs.
- We proc ess your orde r th e day received and
despatch via. Overnight JetIervlce Courier for delivery next day Country areas please
allow additional 24-48 hours. Weight limit 3Kgs.
- For deliveries exceeding 3Kgs and less than 10Kgs- allow 7
days f or delivery
- All orders of 10Kgs or more must travel Express
Road - Please allow 7 days for delivery.
- As with virtually every ottaer Australian supplier, we se nd go ods at
consignees risk . Should yo u requ i re comprehensi ve insurance cover against loss or
damage please add 1% to order value (minimum charge $1) . When phone ordering
please request "In surance".
- Bankca rd Holders can phone o rder t o ll free up to 6pm
Eastern Standard Time . Remember with our Overnight Jetservlce we deli ver next da)I.
Chances are there is an Altronics Reseller right near yo u - check this list o r phon e us fo r
details of the nearest dealer. Pleaoe Note: Re sellers have to pay the cost of freight and
insurance and therefore the prices charged by individual Dealers may vary slightly
from th is Catalogue - in many c ases, however, Dealer prices will still rep resent a
signific an t cost saving from prices charged by Altronics Competitors.
Don't forget our Expreu Mall and Phone Order Service - for the coot of a local call,
Bankcard, Visa or Maotercard holders can phone order for 1ame day deopatch.
MORE AL TRON/CS DEALERS WANTED
If you have a Retail Shop , you could increase your income
significantly by becoming an Altronics Dealer, Phone Colin
Fobister (09) 328 2199 for Details.
COUNTRY ALBANY BP Electron i cs ■ 412681 ESPERANCE Es peran c e Communications 7 133 44 GERALDTON K .B .E!e c tronics &
Marine 212176 KALGOORLIE Todays Electronics ■ 2127 7 7 KARRATHA Daves Oscitronics 854836 MANDURAH Lance Rock
Retravision 351246 NEWMAN Watronics 751734 WYALKATCHEM D & J Pease 811132
ALICE SPRINGS Ascom Electronic s 52171 3 Farmer
Electronics 522967
CANBERRA Bennett Commercial Electronics 805359 Scientronics 548334
CITY Active Wholesal e ■ 6023499
All Electronic Components 6623506 SUBURBAN
ASPENDALE Giltronics 5809839 CHELTENHAM Talking Electronics 5502386 CROYDEN Truscott
Electronics ■ 7 2 33860 PRESTON Preston Electronics 4840191
COUNTRY BENDIGO KC Johnson ■ 4114 1 1 MORWELL Mor w ell
Elec troni cs 3461 33 SWAN HILL Cornish Radio Servi ces 321 427
CITY Delsound P/ L 8396155 SUBURBAN FORTITUDE
VALLEY Fred Hoe & Sons Electronics 2774311 Economic Electron ics 623762 PADDINGTON Jacques Electronics 3698594 SLACKS CREEK David Hall
Electroni c s 2088808 . TOOWONG Te c hniparts 6710879 COUNTRY
CAIRNS El e ctroni c
World 518555 BUNDABERG Bob
Elkins
Electroni c s 721785 GLADSTONE Supertronics 724321 MACKAY Philtronics ■ 578855 NAMBOUR Nambour Electronics 411604 PALM BEACH The
Electronic Centre 341248 ROCKHAMPTON Electron
World 278988 Access Electronics (East St.) 21058 Purely Electronics (Shopping Fair) 280100 Xanthos
Electronics 278952 TOOWOOMBA Hunts Electronics ■ 329677 TOWNSVILLE Solex ■ 722015
CITY Electronic Comp & Equip. 2125999 Force
Electron ic ■ 2122672 SUBURBAN BRIGHTON Brighton Electronics ■ 2963531 CHRISTIES BEACH Force Electronics ■ 3823366 ENFIELD Force
Electronics ■ 3496340 PROSPECT Jensen Electronics ■ 2694744 COUNTRY MT.GAMBIER South East Electronics 250034 WHYALLA Eyre Electronics
■ 454764
HOBART George Harvey ■ 342233 LAUNCESTON Advanced Elect ronics 315688 George Har v ey ■ 316533 Nichols Radio
TV 3161 71
CITY David Reid Electronics ■ 2671385 SUBURBAN BLACKTOWN Wa vefront Elec tronics 831 1908 CARINGHAH Hicom
unitronics 5247878 LEWISHAM PrePak
Electronics 5699770 SMITHFIELD Chantron ic s 6097218 COUNTRY ALBURY Webb's
Electronics
■ 254066 COFFS HARBOUR
Coifs Habour Electronics 525684 GOSFORD Tomorrows Electronics ■ 247246 NEWCASTLE Novacastrian Elect.Suppl ies
■ 621358 NOWRA Ewing Electronics ■ 218412 ORANGE Fyfe Electronics 626491
RAYMOND TERRACE Alback Electron ics 873419 TENTERFIELD Nathan
Ross Electronics 362204 WINDSOR M & E Electronics ■ Communications 775935 WOLLONGONG Newtek Electronics ■ 271620 Vimcom Electronics 284400
Blue Ribbon Dealera are highlighted with a
■.
These Dealers generally carry a comprehensi ve range of Altronic products and kits or will order any requ i red ~em for you .
All this
•
ID
a brand new set
Most service faults fall into a particular pattern: the fault
in a brand new set; the intermittent fault; the multiple
fault; and even the contradictory fault where replacing a
faulty component makes the situation worse instead of
better. Most of us have experienced these from time to time,
but how many have found them all in one set?
Well, that's the gist of my main
story this month and I think it sets
some kind of record. See what you
think.
It all started with a call from a
dealer colleague for whom I do service work, including warranty work
on new sets. This concerned a
brand new TV set - a National
TC2258 - which he had just taken
out of its carton, for display on the
showroom floor, only to find that it
appeared to be completely dead.
And, since National is one of
the brands I am authorised to
service, it was clearly my
baby.
My colleague duly delivered the
set and I dug out the appropriate
manual. As well as the model
number already quoted, some
readers may recognise the set as
using the National chassis type
M14H. The relevant portion of the
circuit is reproduced herewith to
assist readers in following the
story.
My initial reaction to the job was
somewhat blase - I assumed that
it would be a relatively straightfor-
t)J
ALL 11-\lS IN
62
SILICON CI-IIP
~
~N't>
ward fault without any serious
hassles. After all, it was completely
dead. A preliminary check revealed
that there was a normal HT rail at
around 113V, but no sign of
horizontal deflection, EHT, or any
other functions derived from this
part of the circuit.
I stoked up the CRO and began
checking through the horizontal circuit. The horizontal oscillator is
part of of a 'jungle' type chip,
IC601, AN5600k-R, a 42-pin
monster which delivers the horizontal oscillator signal from pin 41.
This part of the circuit is not shown
here but the output from this pin
goes to the base of transistor Q500,
the horizontal driver stage. This
drives the output stage, Q501 , via
transformer T500 (bottom left hand
corner of circuit).
The CRO established that the
signal was coming out of the chip
OK and was being applied to the
base of Q500. But that was all;
there was nothing at the Q500 collector. Nor was the reason hard to
find; a quick check with the meter
showed that there was no voltage at
this point. This voltage is normally
applied via R551, an 820Q safety
resistor, although the purpose of
the safety resistor in this line is far
from clear.
Anyway, this was the problem,
the resistor being open circuit.
Judging by appearances, this
resistor might have been nothing
more than a conventional 2W
metallised type but, in any case, I
had nothing like this value, quite
apart from any special qualities it
might have. Anxious to get the set
working, I made up a string of three
1W resistors: two 330Q and a 2200,
making 880Q, which I reckoned was
near enough for a test.
Protesting squawk
~
SE"t"....
I fitted the string in place and
switched on. The result was a loud
,j.
D30,
"'""
.
.,,.
IO<)
-
.
"",
· 0, 47
ffiID
''"
560P500V
""
TlHl5768
IC401
AN5521
l502
=-tl.1!5lA02
r
~p
SOO'
Fig.1: relevant portion of the National TC2258 circuit. Transistors Q500 and Q501 are at bottom left, Q503
and Q504 at bottom right, and D510 and TPE21 roughly top centre.
protesting squawk from the line
output transformer, then silence;
the set was as dead as ever before.
Further checking revealed that the
horizontal output transistor, Q501,
had failed. Fortunately, I had a
replacement type on hand, and this
was duly fitted. But, before trying
again, I did what I should have done
the first time and checked the value
of the substitute resistor string.
I need hardly add that Murphy
had been at work. What I had taken
for 2200 was, in fact, a 22000
resistor with a somewhat dubious
colour band. My immediate reaction was to wonder whether this
mistake on my part had caused the
output transistor to fail, or whether
it had been faulty all along, but only
became apparent when I restored
the voltage to the driver transistor.
This was the first of many such
questions I was to ask myself before
I finshed with the set.
I fitted a correct value resistor,
crossed my fingers, and switched
on. And this time all was well - no
signs of protest, normal sound, and
a first class picture when the tube
warmed up. The only snag now was
the 8200 safety resistor. I had
ordered a replacement from National, along with other parts, but
when the order arrived there was
no resistor - it had been put on
back order.
Naturally, I didn't want a brand
new set to go out into the field with
a bodgie string of resistors in it but,
on the other hand, the dealer
wanted to put it on display. The upshot was that I explained the situation to him and we agreed that I
return the set to him for display but
on the understanding that the
resistor would have to be replaced
before the set was delivered to a
customer.
And that was more or less that or so I thought. I'm not quite sure
what happened over the next few
days except that it appears that my
dealer friend must have left the set
switched off most of the time, turning it on only when a customer
showed interest in it. Anyway, it
was some time before he had occasion to run it for any length of time.
When he did, he was on the
phone in short order. It appeared
that the set had run for only three
quarters of an hour, then stopped.
He had switched it off for about 10
minutes, then switched it on again,
whereupon it had played normally
for another three quarters of an
hour. He had found that this pattern could be repeated indefinitely
and that a pause of as little as five
minutes could restore performance,
but that this seemed to shorten the
playing time.
And so the set landed back on my
bench. My first move was to simply
run it to confirm the dealer's
description, and to watch for any
symptoms which might provide a
clue as to the nature of the fault.
This approach paid off. After about
40 minutes I noticed that the picture was starting to jitter slightly
from side to side, suggesting possible instability in the horizontal circuitry. A few minutes later there
was another protesting squawk and
the set shut down.
Then, just as the dealer reported,
switching the set off for a few
minutes was all that was necessary
to restore performance. So what
now? There was little doubt in my
mind that it was the horizontal
system failing, the real question being why. Once again I decided that
a CRO would be the best form of attack, at least initially. And this
time, I selected a triple trace instrument, a BWD Model 525.
I connected one probe to the base
of transistor Q500, one to this transistor's collector, and one to the collector of the output transistor,
Q501. With the set running cold,
the waveforms were pretty much as
indicated in the service manual, so
it was simply a matter of waiting
until the picture started to jitter.
My first attempt was not very
successful. I was concentrating on
the output stage waveform when
DECEMBER1987
63
the picture started to jitter, but this
seemed to be perfectly stable. It
was only a moment before the set
shut down that I looked closely at
the waveform at the base of Q500,
and realised that it appeared to
have changed shape.
The change was not very marked
and I put the set through a couple
more cycles before I was sure that
this was so. When I was, I removed
the probe from the collector of
Q501 and connected it to the
horizontal output pin, pin 41, of
IC601. Then I put the set through
another cycle.
This time, results were more encouraging. Initially, the waveform
at pin 41 was very close to that
shown in the manual, in both
amplitude and shape, although it
differs significantly from that at the
base of Q500, due mainly to the RC
network in the base circuit.
But as the set approached its
shut-down condition, the waveform
at pin 41 changed significantly,
both in amplitude (which was
decreasing) and shape. However,
as I noted previously, this had only
a marginal effect on the waveform
at the base of Q500. Nevertheless,
as the signal from pin 41 continued
to change, it eventually reached a
point where the set shut down.
Which was all very interesting
up to a point, but what did it mean?
My knee-jerk reaction was to blame
the chip but, while I didn't entirely
rule out the possibility, I quickly put
that idea on hold. I am coming to the
conclusion that most chips are pretty reliable these days and I am less
inclined to replace them than I once
was. In any case, the idea of unsoldering 42 pins doesn't particularly appeal unless all other
possibilities have been exhausted.
At this point I took some time off
to study the circuit and form a
clearer picture of how this part of it
worked. This didn't seem to help
much at the time, although it did
prove useful later. But it did inspire
me to make a voltage check of the
chip, both when the set was :.unning normally, and when it was
about to fail.
Initially, all voltages were within
normal tolerance, so I let the set
run for about half an hour, then
checked them again. Most of them
64
SILICON CHIP
-- .
A-r Tl-lAT TIME 'I l)E:Ol)e:D
lT ~s TIME TO A'SAN't>OI\) -ms
SC\ ENT\l=\C A??~OAC H P\ \\\'t>
Re~oR"t TO il'\E ?1<\N\\1" \V~ ••. .
showed only minor differences but
one had dropped significantly. Pin
42 is marked 8.5V on the circuit
and had actually read 8.35V when
the set was cold. But now it was
down to 6V and still falling. When it
reached 5.4V, the set shut down.
Now I felt I was getting
somewhere, and my previous study
of the circuit was proving useful.
As nearly as I can make out the
8.5V on pin 42 is the supply for the
horizontal oscillator. It is derived
from the 113V rail via R511, a 6.Bkn
3W resistor (approx. top centre of
the accompanying circuit). From
this point, a line runs (left) to pin 42,
and right to R536 (1000} and thence
to the emitter of Q503 (bottom
right).
Protection circuit
Now Q503, together with Q504,
is part of an over-voltage protection
circuit, designed to operate if the
main HT rail should rise significantly above 113V. It works like this.
Near the top centre of the circuit is
a voltage divider from the 113V rail
to chassis, consisting of a 18 7kQ
resistor (R527), and a 20kQ resistor
(R528}, both 1 %. The voltage at the
junction (no load) should be approximately 10.9V.
This junction in connected to a
zener diode, D510, the exact value
of which is not stated but is obviously somewhere around 10.9V. The
other side of the zener goes to the
base of Q504, which normally has
no forward bias and is turned off. If
the voltage rises at the zener junction, the zener will conduct, turn on
Q504 and Q503, and pull down the
8.5V rail feeding the horizontal
oscillator. As a result, the horizontal circuit and those circuits
operating from it are shut down.
At least, that was what I deduced
from my study of the circuit. Some
of the details were obviously still
missing, but I reckoned I had
enough to go on for the time being.
There was either a genuine overvoltage condition on the HT rail,
causing the shut-down circuit to
function as intended, or there was a
temperature sensitive fault in the
protection circuit which was
creating the false alarm.
I had already checked the HT rail
on several occasions and it had
always been spot on, but I went
through the motions again with
special attention to the shut-down
condition. I also checked the
voltage at test-point TPEZ 1, and
even the EHT. They all remained
rock steady right up until the set
shut down. I did note, however, that
the voltage at zener D510 was
somewhat lower than I calculated
for a simple divider arrangement.
So it looked like a false alarm. All
I had to do was find out why. My
first step was to apply some freezer
to what I felt were likely to be
temperature sensitive components
in this part of the circuit: zener
diode D510, zener diode D502,
diode D513, and transistors Q503
and Q504. None of the diodes
responded to this, but both transistors did. If either one was
sprayed as the 8.5V rail was dropping towards shut-down, the voltage
would rise to normal.
This proved to be a rather surprising finding, in view of subsequent events.
Next I monitored the various
voltages applied to Q503 and Q504
as shut-down approached. I checked them first in the cold condition
and found them to be virtually spot
on. Then I let the set run and watched for any changes. An obvious
change was at the emitter of Q503
which was virtually the same point
as pin 42 of the chip, so this fell
gradually as shut-down approached. The same applied to the collector of Q504, and the base of Q503,
which are connected to the same
line.
But the real puzzle was that
there was no change to the voltage
on the base of Q504 (and the collector of Q503), where one would expect to find the 'alarm' voltage real or false - needed to turn on
these two transistors and pull down
the 8.5V rail. At this point I decided
to abandon the scientific approach
and resort to the primitive; ie,
check each of the dozen or so components in this part of the circuit
individually.
The resistors were easy enough
to check in situ, and all came up
well within tolerance. Transistors,
on the other hand, are best removed from the circuit for testing. I
pulled Q504 out first and found that
it was not only faulty, but faulty in a
rather unusual way. It had a base
to emitter short and an open circuit
collector.
The discovery was gratifying, of
course, but was also puzzling. I
couldn't relate the fault to the
symptoms and, in particular, I
couldn't reconcile the discovery
with the fact that spraying the transistor with freezer appeared to
cure the fault.
But there was no point in dwelling on this. I fished out a suitable
replacement transistor and fitted it ,
then tried the set again. Result: the
set wouldn't even start. So it was
back to the component by compo-
nent check. I lifted zener diode
D502 and it checked OK. Then I
tried D513, and this proved to have
a high resistance leak. So that was
replaced.
Still the set refused to work. I
removed Q503 and checked it, but
could find nothing wrong with it. I
was feeling deperate now and
decided to lift zener diode D510 and
thus render the protection circuit
inoperative. This took only a moment and the set came good immediately, with all voltages and
waveforms normal. What was
more, it continued to run for the
next several hours, with no significant change to any of these
parameters.
wrong value replacement for R551?
Apart from stating that I don't
think this last failure happened in
this way, I really can't answer
these questions.
In a sense, I suppose, all this is
rather academic. The faults have
been found and the set repaired,
and that is all that really matters.
At least that is the practical approach and, as I have commented
on previous occasions, there is a
limit to how much time one can
spend mulling over the whys and
wherefores of circuit behaviour
under fault conditions.
No more squawks
Which didn't leave much to
suspect except the zener, D510. As
I said earlier, there was no indication as to the exact value of this, but
I reasoned that it was probably a
10.BV type. So, without bothering to
check the old one, I fitted a 10.BV
type out of stock and tried again.
And away went the set like a
bought one!
Fortunately, the manual
describes a check for the protection
circuit. It calls for the application
of a progressively higher voltage,
from an outside source, to test point
TPE21, until the set shuts down,
which it should at about 11.BV. I did
this and it came out spot on.
And that was more or less the
end of the job. I ran the set all day
for the next couple of days, then
returned it to the dealer. It has
given no trouble since .
Naturally; I was glad to have
solved the problem and to have the
set off my hands, but I was less than
happy about the reasons for what I
found. To start with, why were
there so many faults in one set, and
a brand new o:i:J.e at that? A faulty
safety resistor (R551), a faulty
horizontal output transistor (Q501),
a faulty protection transistor
(Q504), a faulty diode (D513), and a
faulty zener diode (D510).
Did all these faults occur independently, or did one fault trigger all the rest? Or perhaps only
some of them? And if one fault triggered the rest, which one was it?
And did I destroy Q501 by fitting a
'RE..\I\Vll'JG ~ FA\n\FU\Ol-!) 'Pt\\\..\~S
K9 ....
And now for a change of scene
from a very new set to a very old
one: the old faithful Philips K9. The
owner had been a customer since
he bought the set, over 11 years ago
now, and while it has developed the
usual faults common to this model,
it has given good service and has
plenty of life yet.
This particular problem is interesting because it demonstrates
that there is always something new
to be encountered, even in a model
about which one imagines one has
seen all the tricks, as I did about
this one. It also emphasises that it
pays to be suspicious, perhaps
more so than I was on this occasion.
The fault itself was fairly
straightforward; the set was completely dead due, in turn, to the fact
that the power supply was also
DECE/IIHE/l 1987
65
VL 170
:~
C175
....--->,;N,--_, I
I
I
I
I
!~
;~
I
I
I
Fig.2: skeleton circuit of the Philips K9 power supply switching transistor
network. Why was it tough on the transistor?
completely dead. Since this is not
an uncommon situation with this
model, I keep a spare power supply
board on hand for a quick test. By
plugging in a known good board I
can quickly establish whether the
power supply is itself faulty, or
whether it is being shut down by a
fault elsewhere in the set.
In this case the test clearly indicated a faulty power board and,
from there, it was a short step to
pinpointing the real culprit. It proved to be the switching transistor,
TS170 (2N472), which had shorted
collector to emitter and blown the
2A fuse , VL170, in the process.
Simply replacing these two components would have been enough to
put the set back into operation, but
experience has taught me that
there are several other faults
which can initiate this failure (note:
TS 170 can be a BUl 26 in some
models, or even a BU326 if the
original has been replaced in the
field}.
The main off enders are dry
joints, particularly in those parts of
the circuit where they can cause
sparking and spikes. Joints to
transformer T182 are common offenders , as are those to the main
smoothing capacitors, Cl 78a and
Cl 78b. All these possibilities were
thoroughly checked and ruled out,
the faulty components replaced, the
set given a test run, and returned to
the owner.
All went well for about three
months and I had virtually forgotten about the job until the owner
turned up at the shop again with
the K9 in the back of his utility. It
was completely dead again and it
turned out to be exactly the same
fault. Naturally, I was suspicious,
and I went over the board again,
determined to make sure there was
nothing I had missed the first time
around.
In fact I found nothing, and I was
forced to the conclusion that it was
mere coincidence, unlikely though
TETIA CORNER
Rank Arena C2239 (B2 Chassis)
Symp'tom: No picture but sound
OK. Rather dark. raster with
retrace lines on channel, but raster
becomes lighter off channel.
Brightness and contrast controls
have no effect. Y signal disappears
at pin 5, IC701. Voltage at pin 2
IC701 much higher than it should
be.
66
SILICON CHIP
Cure: TR402 short circuit. This
transistor is one of two forming a
multivibrator that generates the
vertical blanking signal. When it
fails the blanking is turned hard on,
and IC702 is permanently
blocked.
This information supplied by The
Electronics Technicians' Institute
of Australia (Tasmanian branch).
this seemed. So I fitted another new
transistor and fuse, gave the set a
test run, and returned it to the
owner. And, again, all went well for
another three months. Then the set
was back in the shop with the same
fault.
No coincidence
Well, that settled it. There was
no way I could accept a third
failure as coincidence; there just
had to be a more subtle fault that
was responsible. Since I felt fairly
confident that I had excluded the
more common causes of this problem, such as dry joints, the alternative approach seemed to be to get
the set running and make as many
dynamic tests as possible.
So I replaced the transistor and
fuse, turned the set on, and started
with some voltage checks. Unfortunately, the circuit diagram gives
very little information in this
regard, so the best I could do was
check the voltages which were
marked - which all turned out to
be within tolerance - then make as
many other checks as I could think
of and try to relate them to what I
imagined they should be. Once
again I found little to make me
suspicious.
Having drawn a blank with the
voltages, the next thing I wanted to
do was check the various
waveforms around this section.
But, once again, the circuit is
noticeably lacking in such information. Such waveforms as are shown
seemed hardly appropriate to the
problem. In particular, I would
have liked to have known the appropriate waveform for the collector of TS 170.
Fortunately, there seemed to be a
way out. I plugged in my stock
power board and connected the
CRO to it. In so doing, I had to take
into account that the negative
reference point is not the chassis
but a point on the circuit marked as
the reference point for certain
voltage measurements (marked in
red}, and which is close to the
negative end of the main bridge
rectifier.
The resultant waveform was
basically a square wave, but with
some ringing on the leading edge.
More exactly, the basic square
wave had an amplitude of about
550V, while the ringing had a peakto-peak amplitude of about 100V, or
50V above the 550V, making a total
peak value of 600V. I made a note of
this and was about to plug in the
set's own board when I had a stroke
of luck.
Another K9 came in for a
relatively simple fault, providing a
golden opportunity for another
reference. In fact, it produced a
waveform almost identical with
that from my own board, so I felt
reasonably confident that this was
how it should be. All that remained
now was to check the suspect
board.
And this gave me my first real
clue. In general terms, the
waveform was the same, at least in
shape, but the values were
significantly different. The square
wave portion was now up to 600V
while the ringing amplitude had
also increased, now running at a
good 200V p-p, or 100V above the
square portion, giving a peak
amplitude of 700V.
Considering the set's history over
the last few months I felt sure that
this was the most likely cause. But I
still had to find out why it was happening and, in the process, prove
that it wasn't just a normal spread
of component values. And now that
I had something definite to go on I
began to recall some suggestions I
had heard about causes of excessive ringing and possible
destructive spikes.
Among the suspect components is
R175 (120} and R174 (560), both in
the base circuit of TS 170, which, if
they go high, can cause excessive
ringing. Also in the base circuit is
C177 (4.7µF} which apparently can
cause trouble if it drops its value.
These were checked and found to
be spot on. Less likely suspects are
R182 (0.330 or, in some cases, 100),
and R176 and R177 (18kn}. These
were also checked and cleared.
So what now? With the base and
emitter circuits seemingly cleared,
what about the collector circuit?
Among other things this contains
three filter networks consisting of
resistors, capacitors and diodes.
The failure of any one of these
would surely have some effect on
the waveform.
I started with D176, R173 and
Cl 93, all of which checked out OK.
So did D179 in the adjacent network, but R190 (150k0) was a different matter - it was open circuit! I replaced this and then,
before returning the board to the
set, checked out the third network
consisting of D178, R189 and Cl 75.
All were OK.
I put the board back into the set,
hooked up the CRO, and switched
on. Up came a perfect waveform; ie,
identical to the other two boards.
And that, as far as I was concerned, was all the proof I needed. I
have since handled several more
K9s and have made a point of
checking the waveform as a matter
of routine. All have been essentially
the same as my own stock board.
So that was it. I put everything
back together, ran the set for a couple of days, then returned it to the
customer. Only a few weeks have
elapsed since then so it is much too
early yet to boast. All I can do is
keep my fingers crossed and hope.
-1e1gscHlADIResistor kits for
Laboratory * Service * Workshop
These comprehensive resistor kits are ideal for the engineer, technician
and the dedicated enthusiast.
No more wasting time trying to find odd value resistors.
No more high procurement costs for small order quantities.
Have them at your fingertips when you need them , neatly stored for
quick selection in transparent rectangular tubes or compartments, clearly marked with the IEC Series resistance values.
Kits are available with 50 to 586 resistance values and containing from
1,210 to 26,000 resistors, in surface mount (MELF) or leaded types.
This is our Mini-MELF (LMM
0204-24) lab assortment
containing 6500 resistors.
For further information contact:
1
f~
~~\
CRUSADER ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS PTY LTD
~I//J\\\"":
81 Princes Hwy, St Peters , NSW 2044 . Phone (02) 516 3855 , 519 6685, 517 2775. Telex 123993 . Fax (02) 517 1189 .
APPOINTED DISTRIBUTORS
Sydney: George Brown & Co Pty Ltd , 519 5855. Geoff Wood Electronics Pty Ltd , 810 6845. Wollongong: Macelec Pty Ltd,
29 1455 . Canberra: George Brown & Co Pty Ltd , 80 4355. Newcastle: Novocastrian Electronic Supplies, 62 1358.
· Melbourne: Nalmos Pty Ltd , 439 5500. Jesec Components Pty Ltd , 598 2333. George Brown & Co Pty Ltd, 878 8111.
Brisbane: L. E. Broughen & Co, 369 1277 . Colourview Wholesale Pty Ltd , 27 5 3188. St Lucia Electronics, 52 7 466.
Adelaide: Protronics Pty Ltd, 21 2 3111. Perth: Simon Holman & Co, 381 41 55. Protronics Pty Ltd , 362 1044.
DECEf\lBER 1987
67
STEAM LOCOS COME OF AGE
THE EVOLUTION OF
ELECTRIC RAILWAYS
By the turn of the century, steam
locomotives were the supreme mode of
land-based transport. But there were
already a number of places where
electric locos were more suitable.
By BRYAN MAHER
The first underground city
railway began operating in London
in 1863, initially using steam
locomotives. Yes, doubting reader,
they really were steam operated.
Smoke abatement measures included ventilation shafts at strategic
points along the tunnels and a unique locomotive design whereby the
exhaust smoke and steam was
piped back into the side watertanks. But passengers still coughed
and spluttered.
The solution was the introduction
of some electric locomotives in
68
SILICON CHIP
1890, leading ultimately to the use
of electric multiple unit sets. A live
third rail laid beside or between the
running rails provided direct current supply to an insulated sliding
brass shoe attached underneath
the train. Voltages up to 750 volts
were used and the return current
passed back via the wheels and the
running rails.
The second happening destined
to eventually change the face of
railroading was the invention in
1897 of an internal combustion
engine using compression ignition
of fuel. This engine was the brain
child of Germany's Herr Doktor
Rudolph Diesel.
Intended initially for aircraft
propulsion, the failure of the diesel
engine in this application lead to its
use in shipping. Railway applications of the diesel engine were slow
in coming though, with Sweden taking the honours for the first dieselelectric locomotive in 1913. We'll
talk more about that later in this
series.
Electric traction develops
The London Underground was
not the first foray into electric propulsion for trains. The world's first
electric railway carrying farepaying passengers ran in Berlin,
Germany in 1879. True - it only
carried twenty passengers sitting
atop three flat trucks running on a
narrow rail gauge (less than
500mm).
This was the first use of the
voltage supply on a 'live' third rail
One of the world's first articulated
Mallet type locos. Delivered to the
Santa Fe Railroad in 1909, it weighed
close to 300 tonnes in working trim
and had a tractive effort of 108,300
lbs, greater than anything ever built
for Australia or England. (Santa Fe
photo).
system. Installed at the Berlin Exhibition by Siemens-Halske, its top
speed of 13km per hour was impressive, at least to the frightened
passengers.
In the following year, Thomas
Edison opened to the public his
small electric railway at Menlo
Park, New Jersey USA.
By 1881 a 2.5km electric tramway was operating in Berlin and
Lichterfelde, Germany, while in the
USA Edison commissioned the first
steam driven electric power station
at Perl Street, New York City the
following year. Frank Sprague
operated an electric railway
system at St. Joseph, Missouri USA
in 1887, and a larger system, The
Union Passenger Railroad, at Richmond Virginia immediately
followed.
Tunnels again
The greatly respected Baltimoreand-Ohio Railroad chose to electrify a section of their main line in
1895 because of the problems
associated with steam locomotives
in the 2.4 kilometre tunnel at
Howard Street, Baltimore. This, the
first main line electrification in
America, used low voltage direct
current on an overhead trolley wire
(using the catenary suspension
system) from 1895 until 1901 when
a third rail system was substituted.
In New York, Boston and
Chicago, the city fathers inflicted
upon their citizens the dreaded
"EL", the Electric Elevated Street
railroad systems, to celebrate the
turn of the century.
To date all systems had used
direct current, of 500, 600 or 750
volts, collected from the live third
rail. Difficulties with commutators,
used for carrying currents into the
motor armatures, placed a practical limit on the direct current
voltage at around 1500 volts. Some
systems, however, placed two
motors in series and used 3000
volts.
Massive generators were installed at four to 10 kilometre intervals
along the tracks. These connected
to either a live third rail beside or
between the running rails, or alternatively to a catenary Wire strung
high above the roof of the train.
These designs are used to this day
in many parts of the world.
The live third rail method was
adopted by the United States for
elevated and underground tracks,
and also by the London
Underground which spread vertically and horizontally and eventually grew into the world's largest
electric suburban railway system.
It uses a 750 volt direct current
supply.
Italian pioneering
Italy, always a nation to 'do it
their own way', brought into use in
1900 the world's first Three Phase
Alternating Current Electric
Railway. As a nation without coal
resources for ground-based power
stations, their hydro-electric
generators were inevitably situ:ited
far from the rail tracks.
To ease the problems of long
distance electricity transmission
and to allow simpler transformer
substations near the tracks, alternating current was adopted. Thus
track-side equipment was notably
cheaper than the rotary machines
used in England, the USA and Germany. A big problem arose,
however, with traction motor
design.
Westinghouse in America was
pioneering alternating current (AC)
motors for workshop and stationary
machine use, using the three-phase
induction motor principle. But there
is a big problem with induction
motors in that they have a very
strong tendency to run at one single
speed (the so-called synchronous
speed). This is an advantage in
many appications but this onespeed tendency was a severe
drawback in railway traction.
Nevertheless, Italy persevered
with the 3-phase system for their
railways and in much of the country
used it exclusively. By 1928,
2600km of main lines were working
on 3-phase AC. Two separate
overhead catenary wires hung
above the train while the tracks
formed the necessary third phase
conductor. As you might expect,
great difficulties plagued the
overhead wiring at track
crossovers and points.
The advantages of a 3000 volt DC
system were finally recognised in
1928, but so extensive was the
three-phase AC system that the last
of it was not converted to DC until
1971. Currently, nearly 9000km of
3000 volt DC systems provide the
Italian nation with an excellent
service.
Full steam ahead
Meantime, neither the English
nor the Americans were very enthusiastic about electrified main
line railways, except of course for
inner city, underground and
elevated track sections. Strange indeed is the history of this section of
the industry.
England, Australia and many
other countries slowly increased
their electric suburban lines and
regarded them as investments in
the future, but in the United States
the opposite occured.
Between 1890 and the World
War I, the US railroad companies
built close on 40,000km of these
small electric commuter systems
but by the time of World War II a
DECEMBER1987
69
Built in 1944 for the Santa Fe Railroad by the Baldwin Locomotive Works, this 4001tonne heavy freight loco was capable
of a tractive effort of 93,000lbs and high speeds. Its height was 4.87 metres and its length was nearly 30 metres.
large proportion of these had gone,
replaced by the spreading blight of
automobile mania.
English development up to the
1940s consisted mainly of raising
running speeds of steam trains,
track straightening, and building
some beautiful top class steam
locomotives capable of running for
up to 600 kilometres without
stopping.
These locos featured a passageway through the tender to the first
carriage to allow a change of crew
without stopping, and a scoop
below the tender to pick up water
from a long trough between the
rails while travelling at high speed.
The English saw no need for very
large tenders, and their relatively
flat terrain allowed them to design
steam locomotives for speeds over
170 km per hour with little need for
particularly high drawbar-pull.
Many of their locomotives were
of . the 4-6-0 wheel arrangement,
meaning four small wheels in a
leading bogie followed by six larger
driving wheels with no small
wheels behind the drivers.
With larger designs, a trailing
bogie of two wheels might be added
to support the extra weight of a bigger firebox. This wheel arrangement is called the 4-6-2 or "Pacific"
type and was famed for its fantastic
performance hauling the "Flying
70
SILICO N CHIP
Scotsman''.
Some 2-8-2 locomotives were in
use from 1925 and in 1952 a rather
strange looking 2-10-0 design took
to the rails and was promptly
nicknamed the "Decapod".
Though the English had electric
suburban trains aplenty, and were
manufacturing electric locomotives
for many overseas orders, they had
only six electric locomotives running in their own country as late as
1948.
Back in the USA
Meantime across the Atlantic,
the Americans were similarly concentrating all their efforts on bigger
and faster steam locomotives, top
class luxury trains, and straighter
and stronger tracks. In the 1920s to
the 1940s they reached their peak
with such well remembered famous
trains as the ''Twentieth Century
Limited" from New York to Chicago
on the New York Central system,
and the "Super Chief" from
Chicago to Los Angeles on the Atchi son, Topeka & Santa Fe
Railroad.
Few countries can boast songs
eulogising their trains but such hits
as "Orange Blossom Special" and
"Chattanooga Choo Choo" show the
high esteem in which US trains
were held in their heyday.
From the beginning, the
American scene featured 8-wheel
bogie freight waggons which were
much larger than the 4-wheel goods
trucks commonly seen in England.
The bogie design also allowed
higher running speeds. And the
English weren't the only ones
developing steam locomotives
capable of running long distances
without stopping.
The Americans, with their
heavier trains and mountainous
country, were forced into building
larger steam locomotives than any
other nation.
Consider the Union Pacific
Railroad which crosses the Rocky
Mountains at the 2.5km (8250 feet)
high Sherman's Hill in Wyoming.
This is via a long, long 104km continuously rising slog upwards at a
1-in-120 gradient.
This mountain crossing led to the
building of a number of huge steam
locomotives, including the massive
4-8-8-4 "Big Boys" which developed
7.46 megawatts of power. These
locos had two sets of eight driving
wheels and four cylinders. They
were also articulated so that they
would go around bends.
The Santa. Fe Railroad from
Chicago to California crosses the
Rockies at the 2.4km (7590 feet)
high Ra ton Pass which is approached by a very long 1-in-33 gradient.
This beautiful example of the steam loco designer's art enabled Santa Fe heavy freight trains to run at express speeds
over thousands of kilometres. Those driving wheels are more than two metres in diameter.
To conquer such obstacles the
railroad as early as 1909 obtained
the world's first four cylinder articulated Mallet type steam locos
whose drawbar pull or tractive effort exceeded 100,000lbs.
Early articulated models were
not stable enough to run at high
speeds, but later efforts in the late
1930s could run at passenger
speeds. Known as the Mallet
design, it became a symbol of the
enormous size of all large US
railroads.
Towards the end of the steam
era, the Santa Fe Railroad purchased some beautiful examples of the
locomotive art, typified by the 2900
class, a 4-8-4 type with a huge
tender carried on sixteen wheels,
and the equivalent freight model,
the 2-10-4 type 5011 class.
Each tender carried 32 tonnes of
fuel and 120 tonnes of water. To
achieve express speeds the driving
wheels of the 2900 class were just
over two metres in diameter! (To
give you an idea of how big that is,
it's about the height of a standard
domestic door!)
These locomotives often ran for
as much 2850km before being taken
off the train for running service.
Although the Santa Fe Railroad
operates no electric locomotives,
diesel electrics were introduced as
early as 1935 and progressively in-
creased in numbers until the steam
era finally ended in 1959.
American electric triumphs
Over in the eastern side of the
United States, the Allegheny and
Appalachian mountains in Virginia
and Pennsylvania proved to be a
formidable barrier to the locomotive builders of the Chesapeake
& Ohio, Baltimore & Ohio, the
Virginia and the Pennsylvania
Railroads. Before the first two of
these amalgamated, they purchased some amazing steam motive
power, including the only 2-6-6-6-0
type locomotives ever built. These
claim the record for the highest
power output of any steam
locomotive.
But the Virginia and the Pennsylvania have a more important
reason to be included in our story
for they both introduced electric
locomotives early in the piece.
The Virginia Railroad probably
will hold forever its distinction of
operating locomotives having by far
the highest drawbar pull or tractive
effort. The purpose of their line was
A 1950s vintage American diesel-electric locomotive at Kingston, Rhode Island,
in 1975. This loco was typical of many which replaced steam in the USA
between 1940 and 1960.
DECEMBER 1987
71
Pride of the Pennsylvania Railroad were the fast and powerful GG1 class electric locos. They showed the USA the
capabilities of electric traction.
to haul West Virginian coal up and
over the Alleghenies and the Appalachians to the seaports of
Chesapeake Bay.
For the downhill and level
coastal section of the route, their
15,000 tonne trains used one
2-10-10-2 compound steam loco having a drawbar pull of 783
kilonewtons (176,000 lbs), the
highest figure for any steam
locomotive ever built. For the uphill
sections they cut the train into 5000
tonne sections each headed by
(wait for it!) a triple-unit electric
locomotive having 1234 kilonewton
(27.7,500 lbs) drawbar pull, the
highest figure achieved by any loco
ever built.
For climbing the 220km single
track mountain section, mostly at a
gradient of 1-in-30, traffic
schedules were arranged so that
loaded up-trains never had to stop
at crossing loops, but slogged
endlessly uphill at a steady pace,
all trains of empties having to wait
72
SILICON CHIP
where required. Little wonder that
their plant earned the name " The
Transportation Factory' ' .
Contrast this with modern diesel
electric locomotives rated singly at
50,000 to 80,000lbs of drawbar
pull, intended to be coupled in
groups of two, three, or more as
needed. Eventually the Virginia
Railroad was incorporated into a
larger system, the Norfolk &
Western Railway.
The Pennsylvania RR
The Pennsylvania Railroad,
dating from 1831, went through a
number of name changes and
amalgamations before coming to its
final 1874 form when , with
17,000km of track, it was the
largest in the United States. It is important to our story, because it has
featured high speed expresses
hauled by electric locomotives over
long distances for about 50 years.
That's if we include the years
since their acquisition in 1971 by
the Government-sponsored Amtrak
organization. The Pennsylvania RR
purchased from the General Electric Company many wellengineered electric locos, including
the legendary GGls which were
top-class units lasting from the
1930s to their final replacement in
1981.
These large and powerful
machines, 24.23 metres (79 feet six
inches) long and 4.57 metres (15
feet) high weighed in at 213 tonnes.
Interestingly, their classic
streamlined curves were created
by the famed French-born industrial designer Raymond Loewy
who also designed the Studebakers
of the 50s.
They are now replaced by newer
electric locomotives, but more
about that in a future episode.
Grateful thanks to Santa Fe
Railroad; Conrail; Amtrak; Swedish
Railways; and the SRA of NSW for
data and photos.
AMATEUR RADIO
By GARRY CRATT, VK2YBX
Amateur radio in the VHF bands
Most amateur activity in Australia occurs on the VHF
bands. Here's how to listen in to these bands, plus a
list of amateur repeater stations.
The VHF bands provide an excellent outlet for both the social and
technical needs of the radio
amateur. The equipment required
to operate on these bands is widely
available and ranges from modified
commercial FM equipment to stateof - the - art amateur radio
equipment.
The large concentration of
repeaters in the 144-148MHz
(2-metre) band confirms its
popularity - Fig.1. Normally located
at well elevated sites, repeaters
provide enhanced mobile coverage
of up to 150km, a vast improvement
over the 20-30km 'line of sight' normally achievable using single frequency mobile communications.
Such repeaters provide the ideal
medium for regular daily 'rag
chewing' for many amateurs whilst
mobile to and from work, and also
provide a signal source for experimentation with high gain antennas and other equipment for those
interested in the technical pursuits
of amateur radio.
For the newcomer wishing to
listen to FM communications on the
VHF amateur bands, the scanning
receiver offers a wide frequency
l
Fig.3: the discone antenna is used by
many amateurs and can provide
wideband coverage from 50-500MHz.
A
FREQUENCY DIMENSION A (cm) DIMENSION B (cm)
52MHz
146MHz
438MHz
137
49
16
144
51
17
Fig.2: this simple but effective groundplane antenna can be made for just a
few dollars. It can be cut to cover either the 6-metre, 2-metre or 70cm band.
range for a modest investment.
Many scanning receivers cover
the 6-metre (50-54MHz), 2-metre
(144-148MHz) and 70cm
(420-450MHz) bands, and a simple
but effective groundplane antenna
at the relevant frequency can be
made for just a few dollars - see
Fig.2.
Alternatively, a wideband antenna called a 'discone' may be
employed to cover all VHF bands. A
typical VHF discone antenna
covers 50-500MHz, and provides a
gain of 3dB (Fig.3).
For those enthusiasts interested
in modes of communication other ·
than FM, the lower 2MHz of the
6-metre band and the lower 1MHz
of the 2-metre band are normally
DECE MB ER1987
73
Fig. 1: Operational VHFIUHF Repeaters in Australia
TWO METRE REPEATERS
A.C.T
AREA
CALL
Canberra
ACT
VK1RAC 6900 Black Hill
VK1RGI 6950 Mt. Ginini
CHAN SITE
NEW SOUTH WALES
Coffs Harbour VK2RCH 6650 Bruxner Park
W. Blue
Mountains
VK2RDX 6650 Mt. l3indo
Moree/lnverell VK2RMI 6650 Terry Hie Hie
VK2RTY 6675 Terry Hills
Sydney
Orange
VK2RAO 6700 Mt. Canobolas
Ulladulla
VK2RMU 6700 Milton
Pt. Macquarie VK2RPM 6700 Taree
Gosford
VK2RAG 6725 Somersby
Bega
VK2RFS 6750 Mt. Mumbulla
Tamworth
VK2RTM 6750 Mt. Crawney
VK2RWG 6750 Mt. Flackney
Wagga
W'bungles
VK2RCC 6800 Needle Mtn
Lismore
VK2RI
C6800 Parrots Nest
Sydney-Metro VK2RLE 6800 Heathcote
Gunnedah
VK2RAB 6850 Porcupine Res.
Wollongong
VK2RAW 6850 Mt. Murray
Griffith
VK2RGF 6850 Mt. Bingar
Sydney-Nth
VK2RMB 6875 Terry Hills
Beaches
VK2RAN 6900 Mt. Sugarloaf
Newcastle
Condobolin
VK2RRT 6900 Boona Mount
Syd-Lower N.
Shore
VK2RGR 6925 North Ryde
N.England
Tableland
VK2RNE 6950 Mt. Rumbee
Sydney-Metro VK2RWI 7000 Dural
Blue Mountains VK2RMB 7050 Mt. Tomah
Syd-E. Suburbs VK2ROT 7075 Paddington
Newcastle
VK2RTZ 7100 Mt. Sugarloaf
Grenfell
VK2RWM 7100 Grenfell
Sydney
Emergency
VK2RWS 7150 Chats wood
State Wide
VK2RSD 7200 Mt.
Emerg.
Cambewarra
VK2RST 7225 Lane Cove
Sydney
West
Syd-Upper
N.Shore
VK2RNS 7250 Hornsby
N. Wollongong VK2RIL 7275 Sublime ~oint
VK2RHR 7350 Bowral
Mittagong
Syd-Sth West VK2RLD 7375 Razorback
Shepparton
Melbourne
Corryong
Quyen
Melbourne
Ballarat
VICTORIA
VK3RGV 6650
VK3RML 6700
VK3RNC 670
VK3RON 6700
VK3RPA 6700
VK3RBA 6750
Latrobe Valley
Mildura
Mt. Macedon
East Gippsland
Swan Hill
Grampians
Geelong
Wodonga
Omeo
Robinvale
Warrnambool
VK3RLV
VK3RMA
VK3RMM
VK3REG
VK3RSH
VK3RWZ
VK3RGL
VK3RNE
VK3RGO
VK3RVL
VK3RWL
74
6800
6800
6850
6900
6900
6950
7000
7000
7050
7050
7050
SILICON CHIP
Mt. Wombat
Mt. Dandedong
Mt. Mittamattie
Quyen
St. Albans
Mt.
Bunningyong
Mt. Tassie
Mildura Airport
Mt. Macedon
Donalds Knob
Swan Hill
Mt. William
Mt. Anakie
Mt. Big Ben
Mt. Livingstone
Robinvale
Mt.
Warrnambool
Bright
S. Gippsland
Geelong
Bendigo
Melbourne
W. Gippsland
Melbourne
Wodonga
VK3RPB
VK3RSG
VK3RGC
VK3RCV
VK3REC
VK3RWG
VK3RTY
VK3RPN
7100
7100
7125
7150
7175
7225
7350
7600
Mt. Porepunkah
Bass Hill
Montepellier
Mt. Alexandria
Mt. Dandenong
Warragul
Mt. Dandenong
Mt. Stanley
QUEENSLAND
Rockhampton VK4RAR 6700 Rockhampton
Townsville
VK4RAT 6700 Mt. Stuart
Gold Coast
VK4RGC 6700 Mt. Tambourine
Darling Downs VK4RDD 6750 Mt. Mowbullan
Bundaberg
VK4RBU 6800 Mt.
Goonaneman
North Coast
VK4RNC 6850 N. Nambour
Ipswich
VK4RAI 6900 Mt. Crosby
Gladstone
VK4RGB 6900 Caliope Range
Cairns
VK4RCA 6950 Mt. Bellenden
Ker
Brisbane
VK4RBN 7000 Mt. Glorious
VK4RMK 7000 Nth Mackay
Mackay
Brisbane
VK4RBT 7050 Mt. Cotton
Brisbane
VK4RAG 7150 Springhill
Bundaberg
VK4RBS 7250 Mt.
Goonaneman
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Port Pirie
VK5RMN 6700 The Bluff
Adelaide
VK5RHO 6850 Houghton
Mt. Gambier
VK5RMG 6900 Mt. Gambier
Adelaide
VK5RAD 7000 Craters
Alice Springs VK5RCA 7000 Alice Springs
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Bunbury
VK6RSW 6650 Bunbury
Albany
VK6RAL 6700 Albany
Perth
VK6RAP 6700 Roleystone
Wyndham
VK6RWH 6700 Wyndham
Wickham
VK6RWK 6700 Wickham
Perth
VK6RTH 6750 Tic Hill
Albany
VK6RAA 6800 Mt. Barker
Perth
VK6RTH 6800 Tic Hill
Karratha
VK6RWP 6800 Karratha
Exmouth
VK6REX 6850 Tower Zero
Kambalda
VK6RKB 6850 Kambalda
VK6RBY 6900 Mt. William
Bunbury
Mt. Newman VK6RMN 6900 Mt. Newman
Perth
VK6RPD 6950 W.A.I.T.
Bentley
Emergency
VK6REE 6975
Kalgoorlie
VK6RAK 7000 Kalgoorlie
Wagin
VK6RAW 7000 Mt. Latham
Emergency
VK6REE 7000
Geraldton
VK6RGN 7000 Geraldton
Port Hedland VK6RNW 7000 Port Hedland
Perth
VK6RTY 7050 Nedlands
Perth
VK6RWC 7100 Doubleview
Cataby
VK6RCT 7200 Cataby
Boddington
VK6RMS 7250 Mt. Saddleback
Eneabba
VK6REN 7300 Ocean Hill
Busselton
VK6RBN 7350 Busselton
North West
Hobart
North West
Coast
East Coast
North East
Coast
TASMANIA
VK7RAD 6625 Mt. Duncan
VK7RHT 6700 Mt. Wellington
VK7RNW 6750 Ulverstone
VK7REC 6900 Snow Hill
VK7RAA 7000 Mt. Barrow
70cm REPEATERS
A.C.T.
VK1RGI 8525 Mt. Ginini
Canberra
NEW SOUTH WALES
Southern
Highlands
Gosford
Sydney N.
Beaches
Wollongong
SydneyEmergency
N. Coast-Taree
Blue Mountains
Syd-S Suburbs
Syd-W Suburbs
Sydney-Metro
Newcastle
Newcastle
Lismore
N. Wollongong
Melbourne
Melbourne
Gippsland
Melbourne
Wodonga
Mildura
Grampians
Mt. Macedon
Banalla
Melbourne
VK2RTK 8025 Bowral
VK2RAG 8074 Somersby
VK2RMB 8175 Terrey Hills
VK2RUW 8225 Port Kembla
VK2RWS
VK2REE
VK2RUT
VK2RUH
VK2RRS
VK2RWI
VK2RUM
VK2RAN
VK2RSC
VK2RIL
8275
8325
8375
8425
8525
8525
8625
8625
8675
8725
VICTORIA
VK3RMU 8074
VK3ROU 8225
VK3RGU 8375
VK3RAD 8525
VK3RNU 8525
VK3RRU 8525
VK3RWU 8675
VK3RCU 9275
VK3RDU 9425
VK3RPU 9725
Chatswood
Taree District
Kurrajong
Hurstville
Parramatta
Dural
New Lambton
Mt. Sugarloaf
Mt. Nardi
Sublime Point
Mt. St. Leonard
Mt. Dandedong
Carrajung
Mitcham
Mt. Stanley
Merbein
Mt. William
Mt. Macedon
Chassney Vale
Arthurs Seat
QUEENSLAND
VK4RNC 8074 Mt. Nambour
VK4RGC 8225 Mt. Tambourine
VK4RWM 8375 Ipswich
VK4RBC 8525 Mt. Cootha
VK4RBU 8675 Mt.
Goonaneman
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
VK5RWI 8525 Craters
North Coast
Gold Coast
Brisbane
Brisbane
Bundaberg
Adelaide
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
VK6RUF 8525 Roleystone
Perth
Hobart
TASMANIA
VK7R
TC
8600 Mt. Nelson
North East
VK7RAB 8550 Mt. Arthur
SIX METRE REPEATERS
NEW SOUTH WALES
VK2RWI 3850 Dural
(Proposed)
VICTORIA
Melbourne
VK3RTN 3675 Mt. Dandedong
Melbourne
VK3MH 3900 Hurstbridge
Sydney
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Perth
VK6RSM 3200 Tic Hill
Note: repeater offsets (ie, the difference between
input and output frequencies) vary depending on
the VHF band. 2-metre repeaters utilise a 600kHz
offset; ie, the repeater transmits 600kHz higher
than the received frequency. 70cm repeaters use a
5MHz offset, while 6-metre repeaters use a 1MHz
offset.
Fig.5: International VHF/UHF Beacons
SIX METRE BAND
FREQUENCY
50.010MHz
50.075
50.090
51 .020
51.030
52.013
52 .020
52.100
52 .200
52 .225
52 .250
52.310
52.320
52 .325
52.345
52.350
52.370
52.418
52.420
52.425
52.435
52.440
52.450
52.460
52.465
52.470
CALL SIGN
JA2IGY
VS6SIX
KH6EQI
ZL 1UHF
ZL2MHB
P29BPL
FK8AB
ZK2SIX
VK8VF
ZL2VH2
ZL2VHM
ZL3MHF
VK6RTT
VK2RHV
VK4ABP
VK6RTU
VK7RST
VK0MA
VK2RSY
VK2RGB
VK3RMV
VK4RTL
VK5VF
VK6RPH
VK6RTW
VK7RNT
LOCATION
Nagoya
Hong Kong
Honolulu
Auckland
Hawkes Bay
Loloata Island
Noumea
Niue
Darwin
Tarana ki
Manawatu
Christchurch
Wickham
Newcastle
Long reach
Kalgoorlie
Hobart
Mawson Base
Sydney
Gunnedah
Hamilton
Townsville
Mt. Lofty
Perth
Albany
Launceston
reserved for CW and SSB modes of
communication. Here, extensive
use is made of multiple element
directional antennas (yagis) and
low noise receiver preamps to extract the maximum possible performance from equipment and so provide communications over
reasonable distances.
In fact communications over
enormous distances can be achieved when atmospheric and
ionospheric conditions are
favourable (see Fig.6). To enable
operators to be alerted to these
favourable conditions, an international network of VHF beacons
operates normally on a 24-hour
basis. Thus, if an enthusiast in
Australia is particularly interested
in communicating with New
52.485
52.490
52.510
VK8RAS
ZL2SIX
ZL2MHF
Alice Springs
Blenheim
Mt. Climie
TWO METRE BAND
144.019
144.400
144.410
144.420
144.430
144.465
144.470
144.480
144.485
144.550
144.565
144.600
144.800
144.950
145.000
145.100
145.150
145.175
145.200
145.225
145.280
145.300
145.400
145.425
VK6RBS
VK4RTT
VK1RCC
VK2RSY
VK3RTG
VK6RTW
VK7RMC
VK8VF
VK8RAS
VK5RSE
VK6RPB
VK6RTT
VK5VF
VK2RCW
VK6RPH
ZL 1VHF
ZL1VHW
ZL 1VHR
ZL2UHF
ZL2VHT
ZL2VHN
ZL3VHF
ZL4VHF
ZL4VHI
Busselton
Mt. Mowbullan
Canberra
Sydney
Glen Waverley
Albany
Launceston
Darwin
Alice Springs
Mt. Gambier
Port Hedland
Wickham
Mt. Lolly
Sydney
Perth
Auckland
Hamilton
Rotorua
Wellington
Taranaki
Takaka
Christchurch
Dunedin
lnvercargill
Zealand on the 2-metre band, propagation conditions can be determined by monitoring the ZL 1VHF
beacon frequency of 145.100MHz.
Fig.5 shows a list of VHF beacons
currently operating. When atmospheric and ionospheric conditions are favourable, FM communications on the VHF bands are
often achievable over hundreds of
kilometres.
The VHF bands also provide access to many amateur spacecraft.
The latest amateur satellite OSCAR
12 (J AS-1) uses a series of uplink
frequencies in the 2-metre band
and corresponding downlinks in the
70cm band. Provided low loss cable
and low noise receiver
preamplifiers are used it is quite
normal to be able to communicate
70cm BAND
432.057
432.160
432.410
432.420
432.440
432.445
432.450
432.535
432.535
432.540
433.000
433.080
433.150
433.200
433.225
433.250
VK6RBS
VK6RPR
VK6RTT
VK2RSY
VK4RBB
VK4RIK
VK4RTL
VK3RAI
VK3RMB
VK4RAR
ZL2UHF
ZL2VHN
ZL1VHW
ZL3UHF
ZL2VHT
ZL2VHP
Busselton
Nedlands
Wickham
Sydney
Brisbane
Cairns
Townsville
Macleod
Mt. Buninyong
Rockhampton
Wellington
Takaka
Hamilton
Christchurch
Taranaki
Manawatu
23cm BAND
1296.171
1296.420
1296.480
1297.000
1297.100
1297.150
1297.225
VK6RBS
VK2RSY
VK6RPR
ZL2UHF
ZL1UHF
ZL1VHW
ZL2VHT
Busselton
Sydney
Nedlands
Wellington
Auckland
Hamilton
Taranaki
via such satellites using very
modest power levels (10W or less).
Fig.6: Australian Distance Records
BAND
50MHz
144MHz
432MHz
576MHz
1296MHz
2300MHz
3300MHz
5650MHz
10,000MHz
STATIONS
VK8GB to 9Y 4LL
VK4ZSH to JA70XL
VK3ZBJ to VK6KZ
VK4ZRF to VK4ZSH
VK6KZ to VK5MC
VK5QR to VK6WG
VK3KAJ to VK3ZBJ
VK2AHC to VK2SB/VK2ZND
VK3KAJ to VK3ZBJ
DATE
10/4/82
24/4/83
23/1 /80
7/12/81
23/1 /80
17/2/78
25/1 /86
12/4/75
8/2/86
DISTANCE (km)
18,665
6617
2716
378
2289
1885
246
114
262
The Uniden BClOOXL scanner
(Santronic Agencies, Kings grove).
DECEMHER1987
75
Build this superb
December 1987
1GHz Digital
Frequency Meter
In this second article on our state-of-theart 1GHz Digital Frequency Counter we
continue describing the special circuit
features which make it easy to use and
give it such a high performance.
By STEVE PAYOR
Last month we described the circuitry on the front panel board, up
to the point where the incoming
signal had been squared up and
prescaled to provide a 0-10MHz
signal for the ICM7216A counter
IC. Before it is fed into the counter
though, the signal is converted from
ECL to CMOS voltage levels by Q2,
a 2N4258 switching transistor.
When the ECL output from IC4b
(pin 15} is low, Q2 is turned on and
the collector voltage rises to just
over + 4V. When the ECL output is
high, the transistor is turned off
and the 27011 collector resistor
pulls the output down to 0V.
The BAW62 diode is important
here. Without it, Q2 would not turn
off fully and if that diode has a forward voltage drop greater than
0.9V at 15mA, Q2 will not turn on
fully. This means that a BAW62
diode must be used here instead of
the more common 1N914 or
1N4148. In other words, don't
substitute.
Similarly, do not substitute an or-
Comments on the Parts List
(1 ). The five miniature red LEDs
specified in the parts list should be
the 3mm round type. If highefficiency types are used here (eg,
Hewlett-Packard HLMP-1301),
the 27011 current limiting resistor
should be increased to 56011 so
that the LED brightness matches
the display brightness.
(2) . Do not substitute for the
specified HDSP-5501 ?-segment
LED displays. The display brightness
will be disappointing it you do.
76
SILICON CHIP
(3) . The red LED used tor setting up
and testing should be a standard
type with a forward voltage of 1. 7V.
(4). The 0 .047µ,F input capacitor
was listed as a ceramic in the parts
list. The author would prefer a highvoltage plastic type here. Either a
250V or 400V DC rating should do,
depending on the intended use of
the meter. Physical size must be
checked as the space available for
this capacitor is limited. Metallised
dinary PNP transistor for the
2N4258 (or PN4258}, as this is a
special type designed for highspeed saturated switching.
One final note - we have chosen
a fairly low value of collector load
(27011} so that the input capacitance
of the 7216A will not slow the fall
time of the waveform too much.
However, any additional capacitance at this point will kill the high
frequency response. For example,
connecting a CRO lead to observe
the 4V p-p waveform at 10MHz will
stop the counter from functioning.
The 7216A counter IC
Those readers not familiar with
the basics of digital frequency and
period measurement can refer to
the accompanying panel for a brief
summary. Although this summary
makes the task look fairly simple, a
vast amount of support circuitry is
required to make a practical instrupolyester layer-type construction is
the most compact.
(5). The 4-40pF trimmer capacitor
should be a Philips type if it is to fit into the PCB. Stability- both electrical
and mechanical - is very important
here.
(6). The mains switch must be rated
for 240V AC. Don't use a switch with
a 125V, 5A rating - it might fail after
a short time. An alternative to the
push-on push-off type is the standard
C & K miniature toggle switch, which
has a more than adequate rating. The
bottom corner of the display PCB is
This view shows the neat and orderly layout of the parts on the display PCB. Keep all leads as short as possible and
make sure that the LED bar modules line up with the front panel displays.
ment. Fortunately, most of this circuitry is contained within the
7216A.
Essentially, the 7216A is a fullyintegrated 10MHz universal
counter IC. It contains a highfrequency oscillator, a decade
timebase counter, an 8-decade data
counter, and all the circuitry
necessary to generate gating
signals, latch data and drive an
8-digit multiplexed LED display.
The 7216A is designed to drive
common anode LED displays. The
inbuilt segment drivers sink a condesigned to be cut away when using
this type of switch. The switch itself
is mounted directly on the front
panel.
(7). A small transparency with the
"µsec" and "kHz" display annunciators should be added to the
parts list.
(8) . Use 24 x 0.2mm hook-up wire
for all wiring. It is important to
minimise the resistance between the
power supply and the counter board,
otherwise noise from the power supply will appear on the +5V supply at
the counter board.
trolled current of 25mA per segment, while the digit driver outputs
can source up to 200mA each,
when all the segments on a digit are
lit.
The display multiplex frequency
is 500Hz, and so each digit has a
time-slot of 250µs. In actual fact,
each digit is only on for a period of
244µs. An inter-digit blanking time
of 6µs is used to prevent " ghosting"
between digits.
We have specified high efficiency 7-segment displays (HewlettPackard HDSP-5501). These are
much brighter than the normal
variety, and the 7216A counter
runs somewhat cooler because of
their higher forward voltage drop
(2.2V vs 1.7V for normal displays).
The 7216A also provides an output for driving decimal points on
the display but we have had to
design a separate decimal point
driver circuit (more about this
later). The 7216A decimal point output is used instead to drive a LED
which indicates that the counter
has overflowed.
Frequency mode
Fig.8 shows a simplified frequency meter with a counter , a
reference frequency and a gating
circuit. The reference signal is
needed to open and close the gate
for precise time intervals. The
7216A provides gating times of
0.01, 0.1, 1 and 10 seconds. All timing signals within this IC are derived from a clock frequency of
10MHz which is generated by the
crystal controlled on-chip oscillator
(pins 25 and 26 of the 7216A).
The 10MHz signal is divided internally to 100Hz and then further
divided by 1, 10, 100 or 1000 to give
the required gating time intervals
of 0.01, 0.1, 1 and 10 seconds.
Ref erring to our simplified block
diagram (Fig.BJ, imagine a programmable divider (-:- 1, 10, 100 or 1000)
between the reference frequency
(now 100Hz) and the gate control
flipflop.
The division ratio of this programmable divider - and hence
the gating time - is controlled by
the 7216A's Range input (pin 14).
Connecting the Range input (pin 14)
to the Dl digit driver output (pin 23)
instructs the 7216A to select the -:- 1
option for its programmable
divider. Similarly, connecting it to
D2 [pin 22) selects -:- 10, while D3
selects -:- 100 and D4 selects -:- 1000.
DECEMBER1987
77
Frequency and Period Measurement
-
"!"hertz
INPUT
REFERENCE
FREQUENCY
Fig. 8
How does a digital frequency meter work? In its simplest form, it consists of three basic blocks: a gate, which can be opened and closed to
let the signal through to a counter, and an accurate timing signal to control the opening and closing of the gate. We call this the reference
frequency .
If we open the gate for exactly one second and, say, 123 pulses get
through to the counter during this time, then the counter will show a final
reading of " 123". This is the frequency measurement in Hertz.
If we want greater accuracy, we can increase the gating time . For example, if the gate is opened for 10 seconds, and the counter registers
1234 pulses, then the frequency is 123.4Hz.
J -"p" seconds --+-/
I
_J
INPUT
\
p pulses
,-
__ JLJl_fl___
GATE
I
1
.-!-- - - - - ~
17nn17,-,nn :J
---1-~-'-----...l---l
flip-
110
'---+-----'
I\
~_u,
u u u u u u u _,
COUNTER
gate open
I ~~:ed
LJlJlJ7_f7
Fig. 9
REFERENCE
FREQUENCY
I-;!~
If the signal frequency is very low, it is more convenient to measure the
period of the signal. The same building blocks are used as for frequency
measurements, but are slightly rearranged . The incoming signal is now
used to open and close the gate, and it is the reference signal that is
gated through to the counter.
For example, if three cycles of the 1 Hz reference get through to the
counter during the time the gate is open , then the period of the incoming
signal is three seconds and the frequency is 1 ..,.. 3 = 0.3333Hz. If
greater resolution is required , we can leave the gate open for say 10
cycles of the input signal, in which case a counter reading of 34 pulses
gives us a period of 3.4 seconds .
The divider output is used to gate
through the input signal to the
counter circuit (see Fig.8) for either
0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10 seconds.
In period mode, the signal flow is
_rearranged.
In this case, the 7216A's programmable divider is connected to
input A (instead of the lOOHz internal reference) and so the gate is
now opened for 1, 10, 100 or 1000
78
SILICON CHIP
cycles of the incoming signal, to
gate through the reference frequency to the counter circuit (see Fig.9).
Frequency ratio mode
When function F4 (frequency to
1GHz) is selected, a + 128 prescaler
is used. In order to obtain a direct
reading in kHz on this range, some
DFM designs take the rather
drastic step of switching to another
timebase. This design overcomes
the problem in a more elegant manner by making use of another
operating mode which the 7216A
provides - the Frequency Ratio
Mode.
In this mode, the 7216A takes the
input for its reference counter from
Input B (pin 2), instead of the internal l00Hz reference. Apart from
that, the internal configuration is
exactly the same as for frequency
mode. Therefore, if we were to feed
lO0Hz into input B, we would obtain the same result as for a normal
frequency measurement.
If, however, we feed a signal of
100/1.28 = 78.125Hz into Input B,
the gating periods will be 1.28 times
longer. Similarly, by feeding a
signal of 7.8125Hz into Input B, the
reading can be scaled up by a factor of 12.8, and the gating times are
now 0.128, 1.28, 12.8 and 128
seconds.
This is how we solved the problem of having a + 128 prescaler on
the 1GHz (one gigahertz) range. We
simply shifted the decimal point one
place to the right (xlO) and increased the gating times by a factor of
12.8 to give the desired x128 correction factor.
But just where do we get a frequency of 7.8125Hz from? We
could try dividing down the 10MHz
crystal oscillator frequency by
1,280,000, but there is no need to go
to so much trouble. The display
multiplex frequency is 500Hz, and
the 7216A obtains this frequency
by dividing the crystal oscillator
frequency by 20,000. So all we need
is an additional + 64 stage to divide
the 500Hz and we have our
7.8125Hz reference.
The 500Hz signal is derived from
digit driver DB, filtered by a lOkn
resistor and 0.0022µF capacitor,
and buffered by transistors Q15
and Ql6. The signal then goes to the
clock input (pin 1) of a 4024 CMOS
7-stage binary counter (IC7). The
output of the sixth stage (pin 4) is
the required 500Hz
64 =
7.8125Hz.
Controlling the 7216A
The various operating modes of
the 7216A - ie, Frequency, Frequency Ratio and Period - are
selected by connecting the Function
Fig.10: parts layout and wiring diagram for the 1GHz DFM. Note that the lOµF capacitors on the display
PCB must be installed so that they lie flat against the board. Take care with the mains wiring.
input (pin 3) to digit drivers Dl, DZ
or DB respectively. This job is performed by CMOS analog switches
ICBa, 9a, 10a and 11a. These connect the 7216A Function input to
DB, Dt, Dl or DZ when control lines
Fl, FZ, F3 and F4 are high
respectively.
The Range selection works in
similar fashion. In this case, Rt, RZ,
R3 and R4 control analog switches
IC8c, 9c, 10c and 1 lc. These connect the 7Z16A Range input (pin 14)
to digit drivers D4, D3, DZ and Dl
respectively, selecting the gating
times described earlier.
Note that the circuit diagram
(Fig.5) published last month is in error here. Pushbutton switch Rl
should be connected to pin 6 of
ICBc, while R2 should be connected
to pin 9 of IC9c (these connections
are transposed on the circuit
diagram). The PCB artwork and
component layout drawings are
correct.
Decimal points
In either Period or Frequency
mode, the 7Z16A delivers a decimal
point drive pulse for digits DZ, D3,
D4 or D5. Unfortunately, the
7Z16A's decimal point driver cannot be used because we need to
shift the decimal point one place to
the right for functions F3 and F4
(100MHz and 1GHz ranges).
We solved this problem by
designing an external decimal point
driver circuit consisting of tran-
sistors Qt 7 and Q18 and a number
of CMOS switches. Here's how the
circuit works.
Q17 and QlB are driven by the
digit driver outputs of the 7Z16A
via the CMOS switches. These digit
driver signals are selected by ICBb,
9b, 10b or llb when Rt, RZ, R3 or
R4 are high respectively. Similarly,
ICBd, 9d, 10d and lld are selected
by Ft, FZ, F3 and F4.
Let's say, for example, that Fl
and Rl have been pressed. ICBb
and ICBd both close and the D5 output of the 7Z16A drives Qt7 and
QlB, thus turning on the decimal
point at digit 5. If RZ is now pressed
ICBb opens and IC9b closes. The D4
signal now drives Q17 and Q18 to
light the decimal point at digit 4.
DECEMBER1987
79
Specifications
Operational modes
Period, Frequency to 1 0MHz, Frequency to
1 00MHz, Frequency to 1GHz
Frequency range
1OHz-1 GHz ( 1. 7GHz typ.) in frequency mode;
1 0Hz-2.5MHz (5MHz typ .) in period mode
Gating times
0.01, 0.1 , 1 & 10 seconds (10MHz & 100MHz
ranges); 0 .128, 1.28, 12 .8 and 128 seconds
(1 GHz range)
Maximum Resolution 0.1 Hz (10MHz range); 1 Hz (100MHz & 1GHz
ranges) ; 0.0001 µ,s (Period mode)
Display
High-brightness 8-digit LED display, overflow
indicator, usec and kHz annunciators, leading
zero blanking
Sensitivity
1 MO input: better than 20mV RMS from 10Hz
to 20MHz, rising to 70mV RMS at 100MHz
(see Fig.6)
500 input: better than 1 0mV RMS from 70MHz
to 1 GHz. Typical peak sensitivity is 50µ,V RMS
at 1.2GHz (see Fig. 7)
Input impedance
1 MO input: 1 M0// 10pF for signals less than 1 V
p-p; 180k0//20pF for large amplitude signals
500 input: 300//1.5pF at 1GHz
Overload
1 MO input: 250V RMS for frequencies up to
10MHz (short term only), dropping to 25V RMS
at 100MHz
500 input: 300mV RMS
Accuracy/stability
Typical uncalibrated accuracy with a good
quality crystal is ± 1 0 parts per million (ppm) at
25 °c with a temperature stability of ± 12 .5ppm
from -20°C to +70°C. Prototypes were
found to have a total warm-up drift of considerably
less than 1 ppm
Power requirements 240V AC, 50/60Hz
Similarly, R3 and R4 select IClOb
and IC11b to light the decimal
points at D3 and DZ.
When F3 or F4 is selected, the
decimal point must be shifted one
place further to the right. These
digit driver lines have already been
selected by the 7 216A Range selection switches (ICBc, 9c, 10c and
11c), so the output of this network is
simply connected to the inputs of
IClOd and 11d. These then pass the
signal along to the decimal point
driver circuit when either F3 or F4
is high.
Pushbutton latching
Control signals R1-R4 and F1-F4
are vital to the function of the entire circuit. They are obtained from
a circuit which simulates the action
of a bank of mechanically interlocked pushbutton switches. This greatly simplifies the physical construc80
SILICON CHIP
tion and allows the use of low-cost,
click-action, PCB-mounted
switches.
The latching circuit uses the ubiquitous 4017 CMOS decoded
decimal counter as a simple
"keyboard scanner". One 4017 is
used for each bank of switches
(IC12 and 13). Both 4017s are clocked continuously by the 500Hz clock
derived from the multiplexed
display. However, they are
prevented from counting continuously by the 47k0 resistors
which pull the CE-bar inputs (pin
13) high, inhibiting the clocking.
Thus, if no buttons are depressed, the counters remain in their
current state indefinitely.
Suppose now that the "1" output
(pin 2) of IC12 is high. If Fl is now
pressed, this high is connected to
CE-bar which is already high, and
so nothing happens. In other words,
once signal Fl has been latched,
further pressing of the Fl button
has no effect.
Now suppose we press button F4.
Initially, the "3" output (pin 7) is
low, so CE-bar immediately goes
low and enables the 4017 counter.
Counting then proceeds from "1" to
"2" to "3", but when the "3" output (ie, signal F4) goes high, CE-bar
also goes high and stops the
counter. F4 now remains high, even
after we've stopped pressing the F4
button.
All this happens very quickly,
although you may sometimes just
catch a glimpse of some of the function LEDs flashing briefly as the
counter chases the selected
push button.
Power-on
At power-on, we have arranged a
"default" setting for the counter
which selects the 10MHz Frequency mode, with the gating time set
for one second. This is achieved by
cannecting the F2 and R2 pushbuttons to the " O" outputs of the 4017s,
and arranging for these ICs to be
reset during power-up. This default
setting is both desirable and
necessary, since otherwise the
counter could be powered on in virtually any mode.
The 0.022µ,F capacitor and lMO
resistor connected to pin 15 of IC12
and IC13 provide the power-on
reset function. At switch-on, the
0.022µ,F capacitor pulls the Reset
inputs high, thus resetting the
counters. The capacitor then
charges via the lMO resistor which
pulls the Reset inputs low again
after about 20ms. Diode DlO
discharges the capacitor after
switch off so that the circuit is
ready for the next power-on reset
cycle.
Power supply
The power supply is a
straightforward transformer,
bridge rectifier and 3-terminal
regulator arrangement which provides a fixed + 5V output. The entire circuit is attached to the rear
panel of the instrument case, in
order to reduce heating of the
10MHz crystal and subsequent frequency drift. Ventilation holes are
provided in the top and bottom of
The rear panel carries the power supply components. Sleeve all mains connections to prevent accidental electric
shock. Note that the mains earth wiring differs slightly from that shown here.
the case to remove heat produced
by the power supply.
Warm air is vented from the top
rear of the case, while fresh air
enters the bottom of the case, just
under the crystal, thereby minimising changes in crystal temperature
during warm-up. If you follow our
instructions for drilling and ventilating the rear panel and case,
you can expect a frequency drift of
less than 1 part-per-million, even
with a cheap crystal.
Putting it together
Now let's build a frequency
meter.
Ease of construction has been a
major design objective. The circuit
is built on two self-contained
modules: the power supply module,
which slides into the rear panel
slot; and the frequency meter
module which slides into the case
along with the attached front panel.
The frequency meter module
itself is built on two PCBs which are
soldered together at right angles.
These boards are the display PCB
(code sc041-1187-1) and the
counter PCB (code sc041-1187-2).
The display PCB inserts into the
third row of PCB slots in the case,
behind the front panel.
We '11 begin construction with the
power supply assembly. If you
haven't bought a kit, the first job is
to prepare the rear panel. This is
Close-up view of the power supply PCB showing how the 3-terminal regulator
is mounted. Take care of the orientation of the four diodes.
cut from 2mm thick aluminium
sheet to the exact size shown in
Fig.11. Round the corners very
slightly so that it will slide freely into the slot at the rear of the plastic
case.
A row of 6mm holes across the
case provides essential ventilation.
You will also have to drill four 3mm
holes for mounting the power
transformer, power supply PCB and
earth solder lug.
Finally, a hole for the cord-clamp
grommet is required in the lower
right-hand corner of the panel.
Take care in filing this hole - the
grommet should compress the
mains cord securely and it should
not rotate.
Power supply PCB
The power supply PCB is coded
sc041-1187-3 and measures 54 x
44mm. Solder all the parts onto the
board as shown in Fig.10, but don't
mount the 7805 3-terminal
regulator at this stage. Make sure
that the four diodes and the 2200µF
electrolytic capacitor are correctly
oriented.
DECEMBER1987
81
CI ose-up view
of the dispIay PCB . The " µ, sec"and "kHz" legends are made from film transparencies which are glued
·
to the LED bar modules.
Once these parts have been installed, solder two short lengths
(about 100mm) of hookup wire to
the AC inputs, and install two PCB
stakes at the + 5V and 0V outputs.
Now for the 3-terminal regulator.
The leads of the 7805 need to be
pre-bent before it is soldered to the
board. The first bend is 2.5mm from
where the leads enter the plastic
body. Bend the leads upwards 90
degrees, gripping the part of each
lead closest to the body with a pair
of needle-nosed pliers. Another
90-degree bend in the same direction can now be made about 3mm
from the ends of the leads.
Now solder the 7805 into the
PCB. Finally, bend the leads over
the edge of the PCB so that the body
of the regulator sits under the
board as shown in the accompanying photograph.
The various items of hardware
can now be installed on the rear
15
panel (see Fig.10) but first smear
the underside of the 7805 regulator
with thermal grease. You should
also solder a 150mm-length of
green hookup wire to a solder lug.
Now mount the transformer on
the panel, using 25mm-long screws.
On the screw closest to the mains
cord entry, fit a 2-way mains terminal block and secure using a
washer and nut. On the other
screw, fit a washer and a 5mm
spacer then slip the PCB over the
mounting screw and secure with a
nut.
The other side of the power supply PCB is secured with a screw
through the rear panel, the 7805
regulator, the solder lug with the
earthing wire, a 5mm spacer, the
PCB and a nut in that order. Check
that the PCB is reasonably level and
that the regulator sits flat against
the panel before tightening the
screws.
33
80
194.5
1.6-2mm ALUMINIUM
DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES
Fig.11: drilling details for the rear panel.
82
SILICON CHIP
45
Power supply wiring
All mains voltage connections
should be completely covered with
heatshrink tubing or plastic sleeving. This is to avoid the possibility
of accidental contact with any of
the mains connections.
The mains cord enters through
the hole in the bottom right of the
panel. First, strip back about
150mm of outer insulation [enough
to reach the front panel switch),
then secure the cord to the rear
panel with the cord-clamp
grommet.
Terminate the active mains lead
[brown) in the 2-way terminal block
and the neutral lead [blue) direct to
one of the transformer primary
lugs. The other primary lug is connected via a short lead to the other
side of the terminal block [see
Fig.10).
The earth lead (green/yellow) is
connected to a solder lug bolted to
the rear panel adjacent to the terminal block. Connect the earth lead
from the 7805 regulator tab to this
point also.
Finally, connect the two lowvoltage AC leads from the PCB to
the 0V and 7.5V lugs on the
transformer secondary.
The power supply can now be
'fired-up' and the + 5V rail checked. To do this, secure a 100 0.25W
resistor in the terminal block in
place of the front panel switch (ie,
in series with the transformer
primary). The resistor will act as a
The counter PCB is soldered at rightangles to the display PCB. Don't forget the earth strap over the crystal and orient
the trimmer so that its outer terminal goes to the + 5V rail.
safety fuse should anything be
amiss.
Now plug-in, switch on and verify
that the DC output from the PCB is
close to + 5V. If you don't get the
correct reading, switch off immediately and check for wiring errors. Be careful not to touch the 100
resistor during this procedure - its
leads will be at 240V AC.
Assuming all is well, switch off,
pull the plug from the mains socket,
and disconnect the 100 resistor.
That completes the power supply
assembly.
Main counter PCB
Before installing any parts on
this board, carefully inspect the PC
pattern for possible shorts or
breaks in the copper tracks. Note
also that some of the pads are quite
close together, so use a fine-tipped
soldering iron and take special care
to avoid solder bridges.
Apart from that, assembly of the
main counter PCB is straightforward. The first job is to install the
numerous wire links (0.6mm tinned
copper wire is ideal). Once all the
links are in place, the resistors can
be installed, followed by the remaining components.
Be sure to keep all component
leads as short as possible. The transistors should be pushed down onto
the PCB as far as they will comfortably go before soldering. Install
two PC stakes for the power supply
connections.
Make sure that the transistors,
electrolytics and ICs are all correctly positioned and oriented. The
notch in the end of each IC, adjacent to pin 1, goes towards the rear
of the PCB. The crystal is mounted
flat against the PCB and is earthed using a U-shaped wire link.
Note that the outer terminal of
the trimmer should be connected to
the + 5V side of the circuit.
Display PCB
The display PCB (sc041-1187-1)
can now be assembled. As before,
install the wire links first, followed
by the resistors, diodes, trimpot
VR1, and the capacitors. Note that
the three 101,tF tantalum capacitors
should have their leads bent so that
the capacitor bodies lie flat against
the PCB.
The ICs can be installed next,
then the transistors and pushbutton
switches (R1-R4 and F1-F4). Be sure
to orient the transistors correctly
and check that the correct type is
used at each location. The switches
should be pushed into the PCB as
far as they will go, with the flat side
of each switch facing upwards.
Now install the eight 7-segment
LED displays. These must be
mounted flush against the PCB.
Check that the decimal point of
each display is in the bottom right
hand corner before soldering the
pins. The two light bar modules
(LED 2 and LED 3) can now be installed and adjusted so that they sit
flush with the front surface of the
adjacent 7-segment display.
Finally, install two PC stakes on
the back of the board in the LED 1
position, then install the five 3mm
indicator LEDs. The latter should
be stood off the PCB so that they
align with the front of the
7-segment displays. Note that the
cathode lead is the shorter of the
two and is adjacent to the flat on
the LED body.
The two BNC input sockets
should be left off the board for the
time being. They are installed later,
when the front panel is attached.
That's all we have space for this
month. Next month, we'll complete
construction and describe the test
procedure.
tt
DECEMBER1987
83
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
Goodwill's high performance
dual trace oscilloscope
What is the piece of test equipment at the top of most
electronic enthusiasts' wish list? Answer: a dual trace
oscilloscope. Over the years such an instrument has
become quite a lot dearer than it used to be so we were
very interested to give this Goodwill oscilloscope a tryout.
These days, most dual trace
oscilloscopes have a minimum
bandwdith of 20MHz so this Goodwill GOS-543 model is a bit up the
scale with a bandwidth of 40MHz
and a delay timebase. With such a
wide bandwidth and the delay
timebase there would be few tasks
it would not do for the enthusiast,
technician or engineer. Granted
there are instruments in the region
of several thousand dollars which
will do a lot more but that is a different echelon altogether.
In appearance, the Goodwill CRO
is similar to a number of competing
models from Japan, Korea and
Taiwan. Its overall size is 310mm
wide by 170mm high by 460mm
deep. Its mass is 7.1kg, The screen
size is 10cm x Bern although the
marked divisions on the graticule
are about 9mm.
84
SILICON CHIP
Instruments with a delay
timebase are often complicated to
drive. On the Goodwill though, the
designers have kept things fairly
simple.
Just below the screen are the less
frequently used controls such as intensity, focus, graticule illumination and trace rotation. Adjacent to
these is a test point giving a 2-volt
peak-to-peak square wave calibration signal running at lkHz.
On the main control panel, the
lower half is devoted to the input attenuators for the two traces, marked CHl and CH2. These give an input sensitivity of 5mV/div up to
5V/div in a 1-2-5 sequence in ten
ranges. The variable attenuator
knob for each channel can also be
pulled out to give a further x5 gain
to give a maximum sensitivity ·of
lmV/div.
The standard timebase is from
0.5s to 0.2µs per division, again in a
1-2-5 sequence over 20 ranges. Pulling the variable timebase knob out
gives a further xlO magnification to
provide a maximum sweep speed of
20ns/div. With this very high speed,
you can display a 100MHz trace.
The usual dual trace display
modes are available: CHl or CH2,
both, Add or CHl - CH2 inverted.
The latter mode is almost
equivalent to having a differential
input on the unit.
Triggering controls include plus
or minus slope, AC, high frequency
reject, TV and DC coupling. The TV
mode switches in a TV sync
separator to enable the display of
line, field or frame waveforms,
depending on the timebase selection. A dual concentric control
allows setting of the triggering level
on the waveform and holdoff. This
last feature controls the delay between trace sweeps to allow stable
triggering on complex digital
waveforms.
The delay timebase is adjustable
from 0.5ms to 0.2µs. A vernier control allows a fine adjustment for the
portion of waveform selected.
Horizontal display modes are A,
A intensified, B and B triggered.
The A intensified allows you to intensify a small portion of the trace,
such as the risetime of a square
wave. Pushing the B mode button
then allows that portion of the trace
to be blown up on the screen at a
much higher sweep speed.
For example, if you display the
lkHz calibration signal on the
screen using a sweep speed of
lO0µs/div you get one cycle on the
screen but the rise and fall portions
of the trace are effectively vertical
(as you would expect). By using the
A intensified mode and the delay
time setting at lµs, you can select a
lµs portion of the trace, say the rise
time, for intensification.
Then, if you hit the B button, you
get the risetime spread out on the
screen, so that you can easily
measure it. In this case, it was
about 1.4µs. Flicking the trigger
Caps in space
Gas powered portable soldering iron
How many times have you been
stuck up in a ceiling installing an
antenna or working on a car when
a soldering job had to be done.
Some soldering irons can be
powered from a 12V battery but
that is hardly a convenient solution.
The answer is the Portasol, a gaspowered soldering iron which was
introduced a few years ago but is
now a much cheaper proposition.
Pull off the cap, push the little
slide valve to the open position to
start the gas flowing, flick the flint
wheel on the cap to light it and the
little burner lights up to heat the
tip. You can adjust the tip
temperature with a regulator at the
end of the case.
The idea seemed novel to us at
first but having tried it, we reckon
it's a beauty. It can be used for very
light soldering or, having turned up
the gas, for heavier work. Different
sized tips are available too. They
screw out easily to be changed.
The Portasol is very handy too in
the workshop or in other places
where mains power is available
and where an ordinary soldering
iron can be used. By the time you've
waited around while the ordinary
iron heats up, the Portasol has done
the job, because it heats up very
quickly. It would be very handy for
servicemen out on the job because
you don't have to bother with extension leads.
The fuel is standard lighter fuel
so while ever there are smokers
(sad) that will not be a problem.
The Portasol is widely available.
Our sample came from Dick Smith
Electronics.
slope control to negative mode then
displayed the fall time, which was
measured at about 2µs.
Without these timebase modes,
such a measurement would be
impossible.
A look inside the interior reveals
a well constructed unit with most
components mounted on five
printed circuit boards. Accessibility for service is good and most of
the semiconductors would be readily available off the shelf.
Two probes are provided. These
have xl and xlO positions with
lMO and lOMO impedances at
180pF and 22pF input capacitance
respectivly. They have a frequency
response which is within ldB from
DC to 3MHz in the xl position and
DC to 40MHz in the xlO position.
A small instruction manual gives
specifications and features of the
unit.
To sum up, we were impressed
with this Goodwill oscilloscope. It
offers good performance and is one
of the best CROs we have come
across for ease of use, especially
when one considers the number of
operating features.
At the time of writing, the Goodwill GOS-543 40MHz oscilloscope
was priced at $1462.26 including
tax. This price was expected to rise
with the next shipment though.
Our review sample came from
Geoff Wood Electronics, 229 Burns
Bay Road, Lane Cove West, NSW.
Phone (02)427 1676.
Philips' 123 Series of solid
aluminium electrolytic capacitors is
now officially approved by the
European Space Agency. These are
rugged capacitors indeed. They
have stable, low drift characteristics over long test lifetimes of
5000 hours at 125°C and 2000
hours at 150°C.
The concept of electros which
can operate at temperatures considerably higher than boiling water
is mind-boggling. Normally electros
in consumer electronic equipment
are rated for temperatures no more
than 85 degrees Celsius.
For more info on these space approved caps , contact Philips
Elcoma on (02) 439 3322. The photo
shows the gantry leaning over, as is
the lamp post. This is not a special
consequence of Philips capacitors
but is distortion in the wide-angle
lens.
Multi-output
transformer
Geoff Wood Electronics currently
have stocks of a handy mains
transformer which could have a
variety of applications in low
voltage power supplies. The
transformer has two 12V secondaries each rated at one amp and
one 9V winding rated at 2.5 amps.
The transformer is 65mm high,
with mounting centres at 93mm and
the stack is 30mm. Price is $18.50.
Phone (02) 476 1676.
DECEMBER1987
85
Arista hobby knives
Whether you are laying down
tapes for a printed circuit board
pattern or involved in constructing
model aeroplanes, boats or trains,
this set of hobby knives will be very
handy. The set of three knives
comes in a sturdy plastic presentation case complete with spare
blades.
Bargain priced Multitech 500
Blessed are those who wait; they
sometimes get it cheaper. Dick
Smith Electronics have now released the Multitech ACER 500 +, a PCcompatible computer complete with
monitor for less than a thousand
dollars. It uses an enhanced version
of the NEC V20 microprocessor,
enabling it to run at 8MHz as well
as the standard 4.77MHz. Standard
RAM complement is 256K internally expandable to 640K.
With one 360K floppy disc drive,
the price is $995. With two 360K
floppies the price is $1295 while
with one floppy and a 20MB hard
disc drive the bill goes to $1995. All
prices include Multitech's new
"soft-white" monitor. Warranty is
12 months.
AVTEK HA VE RELEASED their compact new Megamodems which are Hayes
compatible and offer V21,22 or V21,22,23 modes (V21 is 300 baud duplex, V22
is 1200 duplex and V23 is 1200/75). The Megamodem is also available as a half
card for the IBM PC and compatibles. Fitted with modular telephone sockets,
the Megamodems are priced at $375 or $449. Phone (02) 712 3733.
86
SILICON CHIP
We particularly liked the biggest
knife which had a comfortable handle for those occasions when you
need to use a little more force. It
was much more suited to heavy cutting on model work than the
familiar utility knife.
The set of knives is available
from all Arista outlets.
Bubble etcher for
PC boards
Wastage of etching material can
be expensive if you don't have a
suitable tank. This vertical tank
from Geoff Wood Electronics does
not use much fluid (about 1.2 litres)
but will etch large boards up to
about 300 x 275mm. The fluid is
agitated by a stream of air bubbles
provided by a fish-tank pump.
Tank and air pump are available
at $119.00. Phone (02) 427 1676.
THE WAY I SEE IT
By NEVILLE WILLIAMS
Is the electronic service
industry dragging its feet?
Last month I drew attention to the difficulties and
delays which can be experienced these days when
electronic equipment is returned for repair. It is
clear, however, that the examples quoted were not
isolated incidents but part of an emerging pattern
affecting the whole gamut of electronic devices.
As you will have noticed, I did not
identify the make of the various
units and this was quite deliberate.
They just happened to be those that
came to my notice and it would
have been unfair, by implication, to
single them out as brands to be
a,voided. Rather, they were listed as
an indication of a wider problem.
At this moment, four weeks after
I wrote that story, a couple of those
very situations are still to be
resolved.
Replacement chips for my own
computer printer, ordered from
overseas, are still at least two
weeks away so that, in the normal
course of events, twelve weeks or
more will have elapsed before the
local distributors can be in a position to fix it. As it happens, I've just
been advised that they've located a
possible substitute board and may
be able to effect at least a temporary repair. One must be
thankful for small mercies, I guess,
but that will still add up to a turnaround time of ten weeks.
As I mentioned previously, I
would have been in real strife had
not a friend been able to lend me a
standby printer of a different make,
although I faced a difficulty in that
the distributor was no longer able
to supply a new ribbon for it or offer any meaningful assistance in
obtaining one.
Then there was the schoolteacher friend's near-new computer monitor, from still another
supplier, who quoted six weeks to
track down and repair a fault that
was causing the brightness level to
vary erratically. He, too, was able
to get by in the meantime with a
borrowed monitor, which behaved
perfectly, suggesting that the problem had nothing to do with the
computer itself.
For him, the good news was a
phone call, four weeks later, advising that he could pick up the
monitor, which had been
"thoroughly checked" in the meantime. The dubious news, on his arrival, was that the technicians
could find nothing wrong with it.
The bad news, when he got it back
home, was that the brightness was
as unstable as ever. When last I
heard, he was still trying to work
out what to do about it.
(I am reminded of Murphy's first
law, as applied to computers and
quoted recently in the Sydney Morning Herald: '' As soon as the technician has been called, the thing that
has gone wrong mysteriously fixes
itself or goes into hiding until after
the technician leaves".)
A VCR - what's all
the hurry?
Then last month's story, to do
with VCR problems, was mirrored
by the experience of another acquaintance who happened to hear
about what I had just written for
the November issue. A few weeks
previously, his 20-month old VCR
had mangled the tape in a rented
video cassette to his considerable embarrassment. He duly
took the VCR to an accredited
repairer, who assured him that the
fault could be rectified but added
that the job might take several
weeks.
Not prepared to wait that long,
he took it elsewhere, only to be told
much the same story. The second
repairer undertook to do the job as
quickly as possible but explained
that the turnaround time really
depended on how long it took to get
hold of the necessary replacement
parts.
Annoyed with both the manufacturer and the department store that
had recommended the particular
brand, he had little choice but to accept the repairer's word. Four
weeks later, with the VCR still in
limbo, he rang the Australian
distributor to protest directly to the
spare parts manager. The person
who actually took the call remains a
mystery but was obviously unimpressed either by his complaint or
his presumption in making it - virtually hanging up in his ear!
DECEMBER1987
87
'Superlative'
Many people have been mass-marketed into
believing that digital 'music' is superior to
analogue reproduction. This new ORTOFON MC30 Super Cartridge will most certainly show you
where this theory goes completely wrong! Using
pure silver wiring, Ortophase phase/amplitude
linearity and apure platinium damping disc,
the ORTOFON MC-30 Super delivers directly to
both ears the superior musicality of high-class
analogue reproduction. As others have already
said:
.. . the overall sound is one of extreme clarity which
can bear comparison with CD at its best. In fact, unlike
COplayers, a well designed moving-coil cartridge like
this one maintains its response well beyond the 20kHz
upper limit."
John Barwick, Grammophone, April 1987.
"The MC-30 Super is a better cartridge than most of its
rivals. It's just a thoroughly musical design, and there's
little that needs to be added to that bald statement. Go
for this cartridge if you want a sharp, incisive sound of
real refinement and with explicit stereo."
Alvin Gold, HI-FI Answers, April 1987.
"The MC-30 Super .. . is the child of a mating of the MC20 Super and the MC-2000 - both of which I know and
adore. Once the cartridge bedded in, it was as sweet as
sugar, an MC-2000 without the bite and with most of
the detail ... Ortofon has plenty of reasons to believe
that a market for high quality cartridges still exists, and
this continued support of the LP has resulted in an
outstanding transd ucer.''
Ken Kessler, HI-FI News and Record Review,
March 1987.
"The MC-30 Super is a superlative tracker . Highs are
gorgeous - smooth, open, and sparklingly crisp . . Lowfrequency performance, too, is excellent."
J. Gordon Holt, Stereophile, January 1987.
For fuli details and free brochures, contact the
Sole Australian Distributor, SCAN AUDIO or
your nearest ORTOFON specialist.
SCAN AUDIOPty. Ltd.,
52 Crown Street, Richmond, Victoria 3121.
Telephone: (03) 429 2199.
ortofon
accuracy in sound
S&T .SA.4760
"One would think", he said,
"that the supplier was doing me a
favour in making spare parts
available at all! "
His reaction was to write a letter
of protest to the company management, indicating his dissatisfaction
as a brand customer and expressing the hope that this further
complaint:
(1) Would not end up in the hands
of another staff member with such
an objectionable, "don't care" attitude, and
(2) Might motivate management to
look critically at the parts situation
and hopefully ease the problem in
future for other customers like
himself.
The VCR has since been repaired
but it still took all of six weeks,
despite his "stirring"!
"Electronic" cameras
And that brings me to a freelance
photographer who is a long-time
friend and associate. Some time
ago, he invested $150-odd in an
electronic timing device which
could be set to trigger a motordriven camera for multiple exposures, either in rapid sequence
or spread over a much longer
period, as for time-lapse
photography. When he tried to use
it recently, however, it went completely crazy, pulsing quite
erratically.
On taking it back to the local
distributor, he discovered that they
had no facilities in Australia for
servicing the electronics in their
equipment. They were well set up to
deal with mechanical problems but
anything electronic had to be shipped back to the factory.
What was that likely to cost and
how long would it take? It would
take up to six weeks to reach the
service department, he was told,
because their policy was to collect
enough items to make up a worthwhile consignment.
The service department would
then work out quotes for the
various jobs, which would be referred back to the Australian owners.
As the quotes were accepted, the
repairs were set in train and
enough completed jobs collected,
once again, for a return consignment to Australia. That would pro88
SILICON CHIP
bably add another six weeks!
And the cost? He would be liable
for the freight and insurance both
ways - about $40 - plus the cost
of repair, if authorised.
Could he obtain a circuit diagram
so that the unit could be serviced
locally? No, they didn't think that
would be possible, nor was there
any provision to supply spare parts.
There the matter stands, for the
time being. It may well be
uneconomical to provide local service for the electronics but it is
rather frustrating to discover that
only after the equipment has failed.
In the meantime, the experience
has further soured his attitude to
electronic photographic equipment.
From a good "mechanical"
camera, he said, you could expect a
life of twenty or thirty years before
it had to be written off but, with
equipment using electronic
modules, the life expectancy seems
to be anybody's guess. For one particular model camera, he said,
critical spares appear to have cut
out after only six years.
Equipment more reliable
Getting back to domestic TV and
audio equipment, it is certainly true
that it is far more reliable than
once was the case and that service
is required much less frequently.
Back in the '60s, valve-type
monochrome TV sets provided a
good living for a whole army of servicemen, as also did the first
generation of colour receivers.
Nowadays, most TV sets, VCRs
and hifi components survive the
warranty period without incident
but even so, a breakdown that takes
weeks to fix can be a souring experience, whether in or out of the
warranty period.
Fortunately, it isn't always that
way. A company mentioned last
month, Hills Telefix, usually have
routine faults sorted out within a
day or so, and doubtless there are
other such companies across
Australia, large and small, of which
the same could be said.
Even so, Telefix Sydney Division
Manager John Ridley admits that
repairs can take a lot longer if they
have to wait on critical spare parts
from the manufacturer. There is a
practical limit, he said, to the
number of major bits they can carry
in their own inventory, particularly
as they have to cope with such a
wide range of brands and models.
We also talked the matter over
with Jeff Beaumont, National Support & Service Manager for Tandy.
He claimed that his company has
always placed special emphasis on
back-up service, as part of their
marketing strategy. While they too
have their share of problems with
replacement parts, they carry a
very large inventory in stock.
All Tandy products, other than
those retailing for less than about
$50, can be returned for service via
Tandy stores and are normally
repaired within 3-5 days, with
business computer equipment given
special priority. (These days, it may
cost about as much to repair an
item worth $50-odd as to replace
it!)
At the present time, Jeff said, the
average turnaround time, covering
all products, was 3.2 days! How
many companies could match that
claim?
Pointed questions
As I see it, the moral that comes
out of all this is a few pointed questions you should ask when buying
electronic gear:
• If what I'm buying breaks down,
what's involved in getting it
serviced?
• How long does it take to get it
repaired? Days, weeks or months?
• Can it be fixed in the home? If
not, what alternative arrangements
must be made?
• If repaired at a service depot,
which depot, when is it open, and is
there a more convenient option?
• What does the warranty cover
and for what period? All parts and
laqbur or some parts and limited
labour?
• Who do I know with a unit of the
same brand? What has been their
experience in terms of reliability
and back-up service?
In short, make the kind of inquiries that an astute buyer makes
when contemplating the purchase
of a new car. What greater put-off
is there than to learn from a
neighbour that the dealer service in
the area for a particular brand
"stinks"!
And, speaking of cars ...
I was intrigued recently when a
relative bought a near-new car
from his local dealer a
demonstrator or lease vehicle, I
gather. It was covered by a 2-year
extended warranty, he said, but it
did not include the electronics.
He would have to carry that risk
himself and, while there was no
special reason to expect trouble, a
breakdown in that department
could set him back by anything up
to $500!
In forewarning him, the salesman
appeared to have done the right
thing but, as I said, the exclusion intrigued me: a 2-year warranty on
everything except the electronics.
Did it mean that the electronics industry was as yet unable to make
modules sufficiently rugged and
reliable to match the durability of
the rest of the vehicle?
A representative of a large car
servicing organisation, who are
confronted by more stalled cars
than most, was non-committal when
asked the above question.
"It's certainly taken a while" he
said, "for vehicle and electronics
manufacturers to get their act
together. Under the bonnet of a car
is a pretty unfriendly environment
for electronic equipment of any
kind. So is the passenger cab, if an
electronic module is mounted
where it can be dripped on by rainwater from a faulty windscreen
gasket!
"They seem to be getting it sorted
out now but, to my mind, if electronic modules do fail, they cost far
too much to replace. They'll have to
get the price down, somehow!"
Another friend, responsible for a
fleet of company cars and trucks,
referred me to the staff mechanic
responsible for electrical and electronic maintenance.
Obviously on familiar ground, the
mechanic said that the majority of
modern cars used "computers" of
one type or another to control
various functions in the vehicle,
some relatively simple, some complex, some dedicated to particular
tasks, others providing more comprehensive control.
"By and large, modern electronic
control units are very reliable", he
said, "considering the jolting to
which they are subjected, the
moisture and temperature problems, and the RF radiation from
everything from ignition systems to
fields from broadcast transmitters
sited 100 metres from the roadside.
"As a general rule, if an ECU
(electronic control unit) functions
for six months, it will keep going for
years".
As for the warning about a possible $500 service charge, he expressed reservations. Depending on
the make and model, he said, a major electronic breakdown could cost
anything from $500 to $1200 or
more - a remark that caused me to
wonder whether the salesman had
been as frank with my relative as I
had given him credit for.
So to my final question: "Why
refuse warranty on the electronics
in a second-hand car? Does it
signify that the modules are intrinsically less reliable than the rest of
the vehicle?"
"Not exactly", he said and went
on to suggest a couple of more
pragmatic explanations:
(1). An experienced mechanic can
inspect and test drive a car and
come up with a fairly reliable
assessment of its mechanical condition. One can't be so sure about the
electronics. A dormant or intermittent fault could pass undetected, if
the system functioned normally on
the day, rendering the warranty
situation somewhat less predictable.
(2). If a mechanical failure occurs
under warranty, much of the cost of
rectifying it is in-house labour,
which can be absorbed, spread,
amortised, buried - call it what
you like. With an electronic failure,
the labour content is normally quite
small but a $1000-odd outlay for a
replacement module could make a
book-entry mess of an individual
transaction.
According to my informant,
restricted warranties like that are
likely to be around until the cost of
replacement modules is drastically
reduced or a reliable and
economical exchange service is
readily available.
In the meantime, the buyer has to
take all the risk, a situation which is
hardly fair or satisfactory.
That's the way I see it!
~
DECEMBER1987
89
l ?iL
- - - ¥Pt,,
All digital electronics equipment is made up of just a
few basic building blocks known as digital logic circuits. Those basic circuits are combined in a variety of
ways to process the binary data used in communications, computation, or control applications.
Digital logic circuits typically accept two or more
binary inputs and generate a single output. The output
state is determined by the binary states of the input
and the special processing characteristics of the
digital logic circuit. Typically, the electronic circuit
itself is not shown, because it is basically irrelevant.
Only the logical functioning of the circuit is of interest.
Most digital logic circuits are called gates.
The basic function of a digital logic circuit is to
make a decision. The logic circuit looks at the state of
the input signals, then makes a decision and generates
an output. Those digital logic circuits are then combined in a variety of ways to form larger, more
sophisticated circuits called combinational-logic
circuits.
There are five basic digital logic circuits. They are
the AND gate, the OR gate, the inverter, the NAND gate,
Fig.1 - the generic
hypothetical digital
logic circuit is
usually referred to
as a gate.
90
SILICON CHIP
BINARY {
INPUTS
~ BINARY
~OUTPUT
INPUT ~-__.........__ OUTP'!J
A ~ B= A
Fig.2 -
I N P U T ~ OUTP~T
A ~ B= A
logic symbols for an inverter.
and the NOR gate. The AND, OR and inverter circuits
are really the core elements while the NAND gate and
NOR gate are special combinations of the basic three,
as you will see later. All digital equipment is made up
of those simple elements.
The Inverter
The simplest digital-logic circuit is the inverter. It
has a single input and a single output. Its primary
function is to invert a logic signal. It converts a binary
O [low) into a binary 1 [high) and a binary 1 into a
binary 0.
The logic symbol used to designate an inverter is
shown in Fig.2. The triangle typically represents the
electronic circuitry while the circle, which can be
shown at the output or input [more commonly at the
output), represents the inversion process.
The output of an inverter is simply the opposite of its
input. In digital terminology, we say that an inverter
generates an output which is the complement of the
input.
The operation of an inverter, or any other logic circuit for that matter, is usually expressed in one of
three ways: a truth table, a Boolean algebra expression, or a waveform timing diagram. Let's look at all
three for the inverter.
Timing Diagrams
INPUT A
OUTPUT B
Fig.3 -
input and output waveforms of an inverter.
A truth table is nothing more than a chart that
shows all the possible combinations of inputs and outputs of a logic circuit. A truth table (Table 1) for an inverter is shown below.
The input and output binary signals in Truth Table_ 1
are identified by letters of the alpha bet as seen m
Figs.2 and 3.
TABLE 1
INVERTER TRUTH TABLE
B
(Output)
A
(Input)
0
1
1
0
In the truth table for the inverter (Table 1), the lefthand column represents all possible input combinations. With a single input line, only two possible states
are possible. Naturally, only two output states are
possible. Note that the output is the complement of the
input.
Another method of expressing the operation of a
logic circuit is to use Boolean algebra. Boolean
algebra was invented by mathematician George Boole
and is a simple mathematical way to show what's going on in digital logic circuits.
A Boolean expression is nothing more than a simple
formula that expresses the output in terms of th(;l input. The output and the input are given a lett_er o~ letter/number designations. They are shown m Figs.2
and 3. The Boolean expression for an inverter is:
B=A
The way to read the above equation is: output B is
equal to NOT A. The bar over the input designation A
is called a NOT bar or NOT symbol. It is used to denote
inversion. What that simple algebraic expression tells
you is that if the input is A, then the output Bis NOT~In other words, if the input is 0 (low), then the output 1s
NOTO; ie it is 1 (high). An inverter is also referred to as
a NOT circuit.
Instead of the NOT bar which is an unusual symbol
and difficult to type and print, an asterisk or prime
symbol is often used to show inversion as indicated
below:
B
=
A* or B
=
A'
Another way of showing the operation of a logic circuit is to use timing diagrams. These diagrams show
the actual input and output waveforms that occur.
Those waveforms are what you would expect to see if
you were monitoring the input and output signals on a
multi-trace oscilloscope. Fig.3 shows the typical input
and output waveforms of an inverter.
The waveforms typically shown in timing diagrams
are usually shown in their ideal form. That means thai.
the waveforms are perfectly square, with vertical
sides and flat tops. In reality, digital signals are not
that perfect. Fig.4 shows what real logic signals would
look like on an oscilloscope when the sweep period is
very brief. The waveforms are those that you would
see at the input and output of a typical inverter
circuit.
First, note that the sides of the waveform in Fig.4
are not perfectly vertical. The waveform rises or falls
linearly. This means that the transition between the
binary 0 and 1 states (or between binary 1 and 0) is not
instantaneous. While digital logic circuits switch
rapidly, it does take a finite period of time for the logic
state to change.
The times involved in changing states are referred
to as the rise time and the fall time. The rise time is
the amount of time it takes the logic signal to rise from
10% to 90% of its full amplitude value. The fall time is
the time it takes for the logic signal to drop from 90%
to 10% of its full amplitude value. Rise and fall times
can be measured on an oscilloscope screen if the
scope has a calibrated timebase.
Another factor to be considered is propagation
delay. This is the delay time between the arrival of an
input signal to a logic device and the delivery of the
output signal.
For example, in an inverter, when the input rises
from 0 to 1, the output of the inverter does not
simultaneously drop from 1 to 0. There is a time delay
between the input and output. This time pe~iod is the
propagation delay. It is measured between the 50%
amplitude points on the corresponding input and output waveforms as detailed in Fig.4.
.
All digital logic circuits have propagation delay.
Granted they are very short, less than 10 nanoseconds
in most circuits. For many applications, this is such a
small time that the response is essentially considered
to be instantaneous.
The AND Gate
The term gate is used to describe a digital logic circuit with two or more inputs and a single output. The
expression gate is metaphorical and tends to describe
how a typical digital circuit functions. For example,
when a gate is open, a logic signal passes. If the gate is
closed, a logic signal is blocked.
The two basic kinds of logic gates are AND and OR.
When these are combined with an inverter, they form
the other two types of gates, NAND and NOR. We will
consider the AND gate first.
The basic logic symbol used to represent the AND
DECEMBER1987
91
~
::::0---
z = xv
A
A2 O = P - - D = (AOXA2XA5)
A5
Fig.5 - logic symbols for the
TABLE 2
AND TRUTH TABLE
FOR TWO INPUTS
PROPAGATION
DELAY
TIME
Inputs
Fig.4 - inverter input and output waveforms illustrating
rise and fall times and propagation delay.
IPUT A
PUT B
PUT C
11
12
I
I
13
15
I I
II
J
14
16
17 18
19
I I I
I
nI
I
I
I
I
PUT D
n_
n_
I
Fig.6 - input and output waveforms for a 3-input
I
AND
gate.
gate is shown in Fig.5. Two, three and four-input AND
gates with their inputs and outputs labelled are
shown.
In operation, an AND gate generates a binary 1 output if all of its inputs are binary 1's. If any one or more
of its inputs is binary 0, the output is a binary 0.
A truth table clearly shows the operation of an AND
gate. For example, take a look at Table 2 which shows
the operation of a 2-input AND gate.
Here there are two inputs, X and Y. With two inputs, there will be 2 to the second power (2 2 } or four
possible input conditions. There is also an output Z
that occurs for each different set of inputs. Note that a
binary 1 output appears only when both inputs are
binary l's.
Now take a look at the truth table for a 3-input AND
gate (Table 3}.
With three inputs, there can be a total of 23 or eight
possible states. Again, the output is binary 1 only
when all three inputs are binary 1.
The Boolean expression for an AND gate with inputs
X and Y and output Z is simply:
92
SILICON CHIP
=
X.Y
=
XY
X
z
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
Inputs
TIME
Z
Output
y
TABLE 3
AND TRUTH TABLE
FOR THREE INPUTS
I
I
gate.
AND
X
y
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
Output
z
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
To read the above algebraic expression, you say
that Z equals X ANDY. The dot between the two inputs
designates the AND function. But in most cases, the dot
is omitted and the input terms are simply written adjacent to one another as they would be if the terms were
to be multiplied as in a standard algebraic expression.
Sometimes, parenthesis are used to separate the inputs when multiple letters or letter/number designations are use, eg:
F
=
(J2)(L7)
Fig.6 shows typical timing diagrams for a 3-input
AND gate. Carefully observe the states of each input
and check how they correspond to the output. As you
can see, a binary 1 output pulse occurs only when the
three inputs are simultaneously binary 1's. That
characteristic has led to the AND gate being described
as a coincidence circuit, since the output occurs only
during the coincidence of the binary 1 states.
At times t 1 through t 5 , the three inputs are never
high at the same time. However, beginning at time t 6
and ending at time t 7 , the three inputs are all high so
that output D goes high.
One of the most common applications for an AND
As for its function, an OR gate generates a binary 1
output if any one or more of its inputs is binary 1. The
output of the OR is zero only when all of its inputs are
zero. Table 4 shows the basic operation of a 2input OR gate.
Note that those three input combinations where
binary 1 's occur on either or both inputs generate a
binary 1 output.
The Boolean expression for the OR function is shown
below:
CK
CTL _ _ _
___.I
J
OUTPUT-----1
Fig.7 -
gating with an
AND
gate.
gate is gating input. Fig.7 illustrates the concept. Here
a clock signal from an oscillator clock (CK) is applied
to one input. A control signal (CTL) is applied to the
other. The purpose of the control signal is to literally
open or close the gate. When the CTL signal is binary
0, the gate is closed. Any time an input to an AND gate
is binary 0, the output is correspondingly a binary 0.
When the CTL signal is binary 1, the gate is enabled
and the clock signal applied to the other input passes
through to the output. As long as the CTL signal is
binary 1, the clock signal will pass through.
The OR gate
The other basic logic circuit is the OR gate. It can
have two or more inputs and a single output. The symbol used to represent the OR gate is shown in Fig.8.
~::::D--J
AX~
T: ~ D4
11
Fig.8 - logic symbols
and Boolean algebraic
expressions for an OR
gate.
= K+L
12
= AX +T9 +G
13
14
I I I
15
16
17
18
I - - - -....I
.
19
110
I I
INPUT K
n
I
INPUTL
--'--'
I
!'----------'
I
L
=
K
+
L
To read that equation we say that J equals K or L.
The plus sign indicates the OR function. The Boolean
expression for the 3-input OR gate in Fig.8 is:
D4 =AX+ T9 + G
Fig.9 shows the operation of an OR gate using two input waveforms. The rise and fall times and propagation delays are not shown to simplify the illustration.
Follow each input waveform and note the output condition for the binary 1 input condition. For example,
input K goes high causing output Jto go high at time t 1 .
At time t 2 input K goes low, but input L is high; thus
output K remains high until time t 3 when both inputs
are low.
An OR gate is a useful logic function as it allows two
or more individual signals to control a single output. A
simple application in shown in Fig.10. Here a cooling
fan motor is controlled by the output of the OR gate.
The fan motor may be turned on or off by two
separate inputs to the OR gate. The first input is a
temperature sensor. When the temperature rises, the
temperature sensor switch closes and + V (binary 1) is
applied to one input of the OR gate. The other input to
the OR gate is a manually operated switch which can
be turned off and on to control the motor. When either
input is a binary 1, the fan will turn on .
The resistors at the inputs to the OR gate keep the input states at binary 0 until a switch closes. Since the
logic OR chip is rated for small signals only, a driver
stage is inserted into the circuit to provide the power
switching required to control the motor.
I
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
OUTPUT J
~FAN
I
TIME
Fig.9 -
input and output waveforms for an OR gate.
FAN
MOTOR
TABLE 4
OR TRUTH TABLE
FOR TWO INPUTS
Inputs
K
L
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Fig. 10
Output
J
Fig.to - using an OR gate to select active
input to control the operation of a fan motor.
NAND and NOR Gates
0
1
1
1
The use of an inverter immediately at the output of
AND and OR gates makes possible NAND and NOR gates.
For example, Fig.11 shows a NAND gate. It is made up
with an AND circuit followed by an inverter. This cir-
DECEMBER 1987
93
~
~ ~ z = xv
NANO CIRCUIT
Fig.11 -
=
TABLE 6
OR/NOR TRUTH TABLE
FOR TWO INPUTS
xv
NANO SYMBOL
NANO
t1
:::Bo--z
12
gate circuit [left) and logic symbol.
13
14
I I I
no
15 16 t7 18
19
I II I
I I I
Inputs
111
INPUT X
INPUT Y
OUTPUT Z
Fig.12 - input and output waveforms for a 2-input
NANO.
cuit is usually represented by a single symbol which is
the AND symbol with a circle at its output to indicate
inversion.
The operation of a NAND gate is simple to deduce. It
is the output result of an AND gate inverted. This is
illustrated in the NAND truth table (Table 5).
TABLE 5
NAND TRUTH TABLE
Outputs
Inputs
X
y
AND
NAND
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
For a two-input NAND gate, the output is binary 1 if
either or both inputs are at binary 1. The output only
changes state to binary O when both inputs are at
binary 1.
The Boolean expression for a NAND gate is also simple to understand. It is simply the AND expression with
a NOT bar over all inputs as shown below:
D = EFG
The operation of a NAND gate is illustrated by the
waveforms in Fig.12. Note that the only time the output is a binary O is when both inputs are simultaneously binary 1. The output pulses occur during time
periods t 2-t~, t 6-t 7 and t 10-t 11 .Check the inputs during
those periods and you'll discover that they are high. At
all other times, one or both inputs are low.
A NOR circuit is shown in Fig.13 . It is an OR gate
followed by an inverter. The special symbol used to
represent that circuit is the OR symbol with a circle at
its output to indicate signal inversion.
Table 6 shows the operation of the NOR gate. The
output of the NOR gate is simply the inverted or complement output of the standard OR gate with identical
inputs.
: ~ C = A+B
NOR CIRCUIT
:::::Do---NOR SYMBOL
Fig.13 - NOR logic circuit and logic symbol.
94
SILICON CHIP
C = A+B
Outputs
A
8
OR
NOR
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
The waveforms in Fig.14 illustrate the operation of
the NOR gate. Here the output is a binary O when any
one or more of the inputs are binary 1. Note that the
NOR output occurs only during periods t 3-t 4 and t 7-t8 •
Verify that statement by using the NOR truth table
(Table 6).
In fact, now would be a good time to quickly review
all the truth tables (Tables 1 to 6) to be sure that you
fully understand the operation of the AND, OR, NAND
and NOR circuits.
NAND and NOR Applications
All five basic logic circuits are available in integrated circuit form. A typical digital logic IC is the
popular 4001 quad 2-input CMOS NOR shown in
Fig.15.
While any of the basic logic functions can be obtained in IC form, the most widely used are the NAND and
NOR gates. They can be interconnected to perform
basic AND, OR and inverting functions. For example, a
NAND or a NOR gate can be used as an inverter as
shown in Fig.16. To do that, all the inputs are connected together to form a single input. The resulting
circuit operates just like an inverter.
A NOR gate can be used for the OR function by simpt1
INPUTAJ
I
12
13
14 15
16
I
I
I
I
I I
I
wI
I
INPUT 8
17
1a
I
..._____.I
OUTPUT C
Fig.14 -
input and output waveforms for a 2-input NOR.
ORIENTATION NOTCH
3
7"
GNO
Fig.15 - pictorial diagram for the 4U01 CMOS quad
2-input NOR integrated circuit.
x~x
NOR
NANO
Fig.16 -
and NOR gates connected to
perform as inverters.
NAND
Fig.17 - NOR and
NAND gates
converted to OR and
~ ~ F T = FT
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Fig.18 - using
(b)
AND,
ly connecting an inverter at its output. The inverter
complements the output back to the standard OR output (Fig.17a). Similarly, a NAND gate can be converted
to an AND function by feeding its output through an inverter as shown in in Fig.17b.
Several other variations of making AND and OR
gates from NANDs and NORs are shown in Fig.18. For
example, a NAND gate can be used as an OR circuit by
connecting inverters ahead of the inputs (Fig.18a).
When used in that way, the NAND circuit is sometimes
represented by the special symbol shown in Fig.18b.
This is an OR symbol with circles at the inputs to
and NORs for
operations.
NANDs
OR
and
AND
designate that special function.
You can also use a NOR gate as an AND. Again all
you have to do is connect inverters to the two inputs as
shown in Fig.18c. When a NOR gate is used in that
way, the special symbol shown in Fig.18d is sometimes
used.
The short quiz that follows will help you review the
main facts presented in the above article. Answering
those questions will help you apply what you have
learned to reinforce your knowledge.
Reproduced from Hands-On Electronics by arrangement.
Gernsback Publications, USA.
©
SHORT QUIZ ON DIGITAL LOGIC CIRCUITS
1 . The output of the circuit shown below is :
---f>o----C>o--?
BINARY O
a. binary O
b . binary 1
2. The output of an inverter is said to be the _ __
of the input.
3 . The circuit generating the output waveforms
shown below is a(n):
INPUT A
J
INPUT B
OUTPUT C J
n
L
AND
function?
:::0-- ::::D--t>-(b)
(a)
8. The time shift between the output and input of a
logic circuit is referred to as _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Lil
c.
9 . A 4 -input NANO gate will have how many possible input and output states?
a. 4 b. 8 c. 16 d. 32
OR
4 . A coincidence circuit is a(n):
a. AND b. NOR c. inverter
5 . The Boolean expression for a
a. C =A+ B + C
b. C = ABC
c. C = ABC
7. Which ci rcuits below perform the
I
I
a. inverter b. AND
d. NANO e. NOR
6. Which of the following is the truth table for a
gate?
a. 0 0 0
b. 0 0 1
c. 0 0 0
d. 0 0 1
0 1
0 1 1
0 1 0
0 1 0
1 0 1
1 0 1
1 0 0
1 0 0
1 1 1
1 1 0
1 1 1
1 1 0
NOR
NOR
ANSWERS TO QUIZ
gate is:
d. C = A = B = C
9~ =
6 x 6 x 6 x 6 = i,G ·o ·5
ABl8P uo,ie5ed0Jd ·g
o pue q 'e 'L
80N ·p ·g
8 = 8 = V = 8 ·e .9
oNv ·e ·v
80
·o '8
lLiawa1dwoo · G
~
AJBU!q ·q . ~
DECEMBER1987
95
CEN
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip.
Advertising rates for this page: Classified ads - $7 .00 for up to 15 words plus 40 cents
for each additional word; Display ads (casual rate) - $20 per column centimetre (max.
10cm).
Closing date: five weeks prior to month of sale . If you use a PO Box number, you must
include your permanent address and phone number for our files. We cannot accept ads
submitted without this information.
To run your own classified ad, put one word on each of the lines below and send this form
with your payment to: Silicon Chip Classifieds, PO Box 139 , Collaroy Beach , NSW 2097 .
PLEASE PRINT EACH WORD SEPARATELY, IN BLOCK LETTERS
Advertisers Index
Our advertisers are vital to the
success of SILICON CHIP. Please
give them your support.
Altronics ............. ..
36,37,44,
45,60 ,61
Arista Electronics .... .. .. .. .. ... 4 7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15 ($7.00)
Name
Postcode
Enclosed is my cheque or money order for$ ....... ...... ..... ..... .... ..... . .. or please debit my
Bankcard □
Visa □
Marantz Australia . . ..... . .. . ... IFC
Microbee .. ....... ....... .. ...... IBC
RCS Radio .. ........... ........ .. 49
Card No .. ...
Scan Audio Pty Ltd .......... ..
Signature ..
Tandy Electronics ....... .. .. OBC
High-power amplifier module transistors and the driver transistors. Mount the power transistors first.
These must all be isolated from
the heatsink by using mica washers
and insulating bushes, as depicted
in Fig.5. Smear all mounting surfaces with heatsink compound
before assembly. Solder the mounting nuts to the PCB pattern after
assembly to ensure reliable contact. Alternatively, if the nuts are
nickel plated or stainless steel, use
lockwashers.
The two driver transistors and
the Vbe multiplier (Q7) are bent
over and also attached to the heatsink bracket using T0-126 mounting
kits. (See Fig.6).
When the whole assembly is completed, the heatsink bracket should
be attached to a suitably large heatsink, preferably with vertical fins.
Heatsink compound should be used
between the bracket and the heatsink to improve heat transfer.
Before applying power remove
the two fuses from the board clips
and set VR1 fully anticlockwise.
96
Dick Smith Electronics .....
Jemal Products ................. 59
Address ..... .. ... .......... ......... .... .... .. ......... .. ....... ... ........ ... ........ . .
Suburb/Town ....... ....... .... ... .......... ........ .. ..... ......... ... ..... .....
67
8,9 ,
16,48,54,55
Emona . .. .. ... ........ .. .. .... .... . 43
Jaycar Electronics .. ... .. . 20-27
Crusader ..... ...... .. .. ........ .. .
SILICON CHIP
89
ctd from page 15
This gives the setting for minimum
quiescent current through the output transistors. Solder a 5600 5W
wirewound resistor across each
fuseholder. Set your multimeter to
the 200VDC range (or no lower than
50V DC if an analog meter).
Now apply power and measure
the positive and negative supply
rails. They should be within a few
volts of ± 40V. Now measure the
other voltages on the circuit. They
should all be within ± 10% of the
nominal values. The voltage at the
output should be within ± 30mV of
OV. No load should be connected at
this stage, by the way.
Now switch your multimeter
back to the 200V DC range and connect it across one of the 5600
resistors. Adjust VR1 for a reading
of 28 volts. This gives a total quiescent current of 50 milliamps.
For the 50W version which uses
only two output transistors, VR1
should be adjusted for a reading of
14 volts. This gives a total quies cent
current of 25 milliamps.
After five minutes or so, check
{-·~"
WASHER
-T0126
i(F~
r~ ___
11
O
O:~::E
WASHER
- - HEATSINK
PCB
..l_
...- SHAKE·PR00F
WASHER
f;f!!J-NUT
Fig.6: mounting details for the T0-126
transistors. Note that heatsink
compound should be lightly smeared
on the mounting surfaces.
the quiescent current and readjust
VR1 if necessary to get the correct
voltage across the 5600 resistor.
Now switch off, remove the two
5600 resistors and insert the fuses.
The module is now ready for use.
The new640PC
The sleek and distinctive
Microbee 640PC is a dual
speed PC/XT compatible
packed with standard
features that are merely
options on other
compatibles. It comes fully
equipped and is ready to go
- there are no hidden
extras to add.
cnmicrobee
Cl(f/)computer
ORDER NOW 008 02 4910
Or visit a Microbee Computer Centre in your capital city
6 4 0 PC
Processor:
This system can easily
expand and comes with
outstanding options. The
640PC includes a Learning
DOS tutorial, Microsoft's
Windows user interface,
and a full technical
manual.
The 640PC features an
8MHz 8088 processor
(switchable to 4.77MHz),
768K of dynamic RAM, an
84-key "AT- style"
keyboard,on-board
graphics adaptor offering
MDA, CGA, Hercules and
Plantronics emulations.
SMALL FOOTPRINT
Five full-length expansion
slots allow you to add extra
hardware (such as a hard
card or modem). All housed
in a smart "small
footprint" case, leaving
MICROBEE 640PC
~~;l~~!~t~;ive
List Price
$1749 .00
Complete System
you lots of desk space to do
your other work and to run a
mouse.
UP-FRONT
USABILITY
Design features like the
front panel power and reset
switches and keyboard
connector make the 640PC a
joy to use. The
dual speed option allows
the 640PC to compete with
machines four times its
price whilst still
remaining compatible with
all your PC software.
And you can rely on
Microbee for after-sales
technical support, service
and software.
SPECIFICATIONS
8088-2 running at 8MHz/4.77MHz (softwa re selectable)
Socket for optional 8087 maths co-processor
Memory:
768K DRAM (640K of main memory,
128K configurable as a RAM disk Four OMA channels
Mass storage: single 5.25 " 360K floppy disk (controller card supports
up to four 360K drives)
Display:
Video circuitry on main board - compatible with MDA ,
CGA, Hercules and Plantronics cards .
Keyboard:
I/O:
84-key, AT-style layout.
Five full-length expansion slots. Real-time clock
Serial and parallel ports
Power supply: 145 W switch mode power supply
Software:
MS-DOS v3.2 G W-BASIC 3.2
Licensed BIOS from Phoenix Technologies
16K internal ROM (expandable to 64K)
Dimensions :140 x 340 x 412 mm (HxWxD)
BYRN E & STEWART MIC 121 /1068
|